Journal of the last days

11/7/05 - 11/13/05

2005-11-08T09:42:00.000-08:00

It looks like more and more stores are jumping on the biometrics bandwagon. This is going to pick up steam really fast. Look for aggressive promotion of the “efficiency and eas of use” of he touch and pay method. You do know where this is leading right?

Changing the way the world pays
Biometrics is a technology that enables consumers to pay for products by merely scanning a finger, but some question whether it could make it easier to steal personal information
By Melanie Cleveland
The Tribune

Imagine buying groceries by scanning your index finger. No cash, checks or credit cards required.
It may sound like science fiction, but systems that use biometric technology to identify people using their fingerprints have already debuted in major grocery stores across the country, including Albertsons, Kroger Foods, Lowes Foods and Piggly Wiggly.
It hasn't arrived in San Luis Obispo County. But Pay By Touch Solutions, the company that installed the systems in a pilot program with Albertsons and Piggly Wiggly stores in nine states, says one grocery store giant -- with a large West Coast presence -- will announce a rollout of the technology this month.
The pay-by-finger touch system works by storing a consumer's finger images and personal financial information in a retail outlet's database. Shoppers can tap into that information on a touch pad when they make a purchase. A computer recognizes their finger image, automatically charges their account, and the transaction is complete.
"We are changing the way the world pays," said John Rogers, founder and chief executive officer of San Francisco-based Pay By Touch.
Grocery stores are only the beginning, he said. Rogers hopes that Pay By Touch will be used in more than 10,000 locations -- hotels, gas stations, fast food restaurants, health care facilities and sports stadiums -- by the end of 2006.
"The opportunities," Rogers said, "are boundless."
His company, funded by the Gordon P. Getty Family Trust and other major investment groups, recently received a major cash boost --
$130 million -- to ramp up its development of biometric products and services.
BioPay, which is Pay By Touch's closest competitor, already has 2 million consumers across the United States who use the system to purchase items and to cash payroll checks. That translates to 17 million transactions worth $6.9 billion as of June 2005, said Donita Prakash, vice president of marketing.
Technology in use for years
Biometric technology has been used for years by the military, to identify criminals and control access into high-security facilities. The technology's recent foray into the grocery industry and other retail outlets was prompted by worries about identity theft and heightened security concerns after Sept. 11, 2001.
Service providers and customers worry more about key personal information being stolen and used fraudulently from PIN numbers and ID cards -- so a system that requires nothing but a finger image to access and protect financial information is more convenient and secure, say industry experts.
"There's no question it can help identity fraud," said Albertsons spokeswoman Shannon Bennett. "Only the customer can access this system: It's easier and faster and safer."
Biometrics technology and its associated software have also become more sophisticated and reliable because of recent advances in computer science and trials in the marketplace.
"For instance, algorithms that the system uses to match the minutia in a finger image to a person's financial information in a store database have gotten more efficient," said Walter Hamilton, chairman of the International Biometric Industry Association.
"If a customer has difficulty using the device, a manufacturer will come out with a newer product to answer their concerns," Hamilton said.
The cost of finger scanners has also dropped dramatically -- from a few thousand dollars
10 years ago to $50 today. That's the result of an increase in volume in the industry, Hamilton said.
Jim Burke, vice president of AuthenTec, said his company, which sells its finger sensors to computer, cell phone and access control retail markets, took five years to sell its first million finger sensors. AuthenTec now sell that many every three months.
Not only are more stores using it, more retail and electronics stores, such as Best Buy and Fry's Electronics, are selling it directly to consumers, Hamilton noted.
Finally, merchants want to use a system that saves them money. If finger scan systems can prevent people from using fake IDs, they can prevent loss in cashing payroll checks, biometrics experts say.
Retail stores also save on transaction fees.
Pay By Touch Solutions, for example, charges its stores a flat fee, ranging from 9 to 13 cents per transaction.
"That's very low compared to credit cards, checks or debits, which range -- plus or minus -- at 35 cents a transaction," said Shannon Riordan, a Pay By Touch spokeswoman.
But will U.S. consumers embrace the technology?
The key question is whether customers will accept a finger-scanning system.
"The whole thing is neat, but the benefits of the system are really questionable," said Chris Hoofnagle, senior counsel with the Electronic Privacy Information Center, a public interest research center with offices in San Francisco.
Hoofngle contends that the systems are not worth the security risks and are "not really any faster than cash."
"The systems can be easily fooled," he said. "When most people think of biometric systems, they're thinking of police level, quality equipment. The police have very accurate systems and scanners that cost thousands of dollars and can pick up on nuances of the print."
Some people in San Luis Obispo County are concerned that their personal information will be stolen or abused. Others believe that such technology is invasive.
"What's the matter with a driver's license and a Social Security card?" said Elizabeth Stephenson, a shopper at Ralphs in San Luis Obispo. "What else do they need? I don't like it. It's un-American. That's a problem. If I commit a crime, OK, but shopping is not a crime."
Biometrics-industry advocates, such as Burke and Hamilton, say that worry is misplaced.
"While we are very sensitive to the fear, people need to know, biometrics is designed to protect privacy and deter crime, not violate or abuse it," Burke said.
Hamilton added, "We're not tracking anyone with pay-by- touch systems -- any more than grocery stores do with their loyalty cards. And we've been doing fingerprinting for many service professions, nurses, stock brokers, home-care workers, school bus drivers, members of Congress, policemen -- and they don't consider it an invasion."
Companies like BioPay and Pay By Touch use a template of a fingerprint, which is less invasive because it cannot be reversed into a full fingerprint image, said Raj Nanavati, a partner at the International Biometrics Group, a company that analyzes the biometrics industry.
"That means there is less likelihood that someone could break into the financial information and commit fraud," he said.
Nanavati compared the financial database used by stores with pay-by-touch systems to the information stored by credit card companies.
"These systems will track no more than MasterCard or Visa have done for 20 years," Nanavati said, "and no one has much of a problem with that."
Even so, Nanavati said people should question whether they have the option to be removed from the system.
"Know what you're getting into and have the ability to opt out if you want," he said.
It may be too soon to say how San Luis Obispo County shoppers will react to the technology -- if and when it comes. But biometric proponents hope to win over people like Debbie Hoffman.
"I think that with nothing to hide, it's no big deal," said Hoffman, a Trader Joe's customer. "Fraud and scamming ... costs us all a lot, and it's a pain in the neck to present a driver's license and identification. If you are who you say you are, what's the problem?"
News assistant Jeanne Kinney contributed to this report.
Copyright San Luis Obispo Tribune

The Vatican is starting to address this issue. Who would have thought? How will people of the world react when the Vatican publically admits their knowledge of extra-terrestrial life?

Do space aliens have souls? Inquiring minds can check Jesuit's book

By Carol Glatz
Catholic News Service

VATICAN CITY (CNS) -- Galaxy-gazing scientists surely wonder about what kind of impact finding life or intelligent beings on another planet would have on the world.

But what sort of effect would it have on Catholic beliefs? Would Christian theology be rocked to the core if science someday found a distant orb teeming with little green men, women or other intelligent forms of alien life? Would the church send missionaries to spread the Gospel to aliens? Could aliens even be baptized? Or would they have had their own version of Jesus and have already experienced his universal or galactic plan of salvation?

Curious Catholics need not be space buffs to want answers to these questions and others when they pick up a 48-page booklet by a Vatican astronomer.

Through the British-based Catholic Truth Society, U.S. Jesuit Brother Guy Consolmagno has penned his response to what he says are questions he gets from the public "all the time" when he gives talks on his work with the Vatican Observatory.

Titled "Intelligent Life in the Universe? Catholic Belief and the Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligent Life," the pocket-sized booklet is the latest addition to the society's "Explanations Series," which explores Catholic teaching on current social and ethical issues.

Brother Consolmagno told Catholic News Service that the whole question of how Catholicism would hold up if some form of life were discovered on another planet has piqued people's curiosity "for centuries."

He said his aim with the booklet was to reassure Catholics "that you shouldn't be afraid of these questions" and that "no matter what we learn, it doesn't invalidate what we already know" and believe. In other words, scientific study and discovery and religion enrich one another, not cancel out each other.

If new forms of life were to be discovered or highly advanced beings from outer space were to touch down on planet Earth, it would not mean "everything we believe in is wrong," rather, "we're going to find out that everything is truer in ways we couldn't even yet have imagined," he said.

The Book of Genesis describes two stories of creation, and science, too, has more than one version of how the cosmos may have come into being.

"However you picture the universe being created, says Genesis, the essential point is that ultimately it was a deliberate, loving act of a God who exists outside of space and time," Brother Consolmagno said in his booklet.

"The Bible is divine science, a work about God. It does not intend to be physical science" and explain the making of planets and solar systems, the Jesuit astronomer wrote.

Pope John Paul II once told scientists, "Truth does not contradict truth," meaning scientific truths will never eradicate religious truths and vice versa.

"What Genesis says about creation is true. God did it; God willed it; and God loves it. When science fills in the details of how God did it, science helps get a flavor of how rich and beautiful and inventive God really is, more than even the writer of Genesis could ever have imagined," Brother Consolmagno wrote.

The limitless universe "might even include other planets with other beings created by that same loving God," he added. "The idea of there being other races and other intelligences is not contrary to traditional Christian thought.

"There is nothing in Holy Scripture that could confirm or contradict the possibility of intelligent life elsewhere in the universe," he wrote.

Brother Consolmagno said that, like scientists, people of faith should not be afraid of saying "I just don't know."

Human understanding "is always incomplete. It is crazy to underestimate God's ability to create in depths of ways that we will never completely understand. It is equally dangerous to think that we understand God completely," he said in his booklet.

He told CNS that his booklet tries to show "the fun of thinking" about what it would mean if God had created more than life on Earth. Such speculation "is very worthwhile if it makes us reflect on things we do know and have taken for granted," he said.

He said asking such questions as "Would aliens have souls?" or "Does the salvation of Christ apply to them?" helps one "appreciate what it means for us to have a soul" and helps one better "recognize what the salvation of Christ means to us."

Brother Consolmagno said he tried to show in the booklet that "the church is not afraid of science" and that Catholics, too, should be unafraid and confident in confronting all types of speculation, no matter how "far out" and spacey it may be.

For science fiction fans, Trekkies, or telescope-toting space enthusiasts, the booklet's last chapter reveals where there are references to extraterrestrials in the Bible.

Brother Consolmagno said the Bible is also replete with references to or descriptions of "nonhuman intelligent beings" who worship God. For example, he said the Scriptures talk about angels, "sons of God" who took human wives, and "heavenly beings" that "shouted for joy" when God created the earth.

The booklet, however, offers no "hard and fast answers" to extraterrestrial life, since such speculation is "better served by science fiction or poetry than by definitions of science and theology," he wrote.

He said the booklet is meant "to put a smile on your face" and, perhaps, make people think twice about who could be peeking at Earth from alien telescopes far, far away.
- - -

Editors: Readers in the United States and Canada can order this booklet and other CTS publications through the society's Web site, www.cts-online.org.uk, or by e-mail, orders@cts-online.org.uk.

END
Copyright (c) 2005 Catholic News Service/USCCB. All rights reserved.

Will this spread throughout Europe? I don’t buy into the official story on the cause of this riot. As far as I’m concerned, I think this conflict was planed. The New Orleans social unrest after Katrina was a micro-cosm of what’s to come on a larger scale. Perhaps the racially charged riots in France is a micro-cosm of what’s to come on a larger scale. If you keep your eyes and ears open, you can definitely sense racial tension rising.

Rioting Spreads to 300 Towns in France
ANGELA DOLAND, Associated Press | November 7 2005
PARIS - Rioting by French youths spread to 300 towns overnight and a man hurt in the violence died of his wounds, the first fatality in 11 days of unrest that has shocked the country, police said Monday.
As urban unrest spread to neighboring Belgium and possibly Germany, the French government faced growing criticism for its inability to stop the violence, despite massive police deployment and continued calls for calm.
On Sunday night, vandals burned more than 1,400 vehicles, and clashes around the country left 36 police injured, setting a new high for overnight arson and violence since rioting started Oct. 27, Michel Gaudin told a news conference.
Australia, Austria, Britain, Germany and Hungary advised their citizens to exercise care in France, joining the United States and Russia in warning tourists to stay away from violence-hit areas.
Alain Rahmouni, a national police spokesman, said the man who was beaten died at a hospital from injuries sustained in the attack, but he had no immediate details of the victim's age or his attacker.
The man was caught by surprise by an attacker after rushing out of his apartment building to put out a trash can fire, Rahmouni said.
Apparent copycat attacks spread outside France for the first time, with five cars torched outside Brussels' main train station, police in the Belgian capital said.
The mayhem started as an outburst of anger in suburban Paris housing projects and has fanned out nationwide among disaffected youths, mostly of Muslim or African origin, to become France's worst civil unrest in over a decade.
Attacks overnight Sunday to Monday were reported in 274 towns, and police made 395 arrests, Gaudin said.
"This spread, with a sort of shock wave spreading across the country, shows up in the number of towns affected," Gaudin said, noting that the violence appeared to be sliding away from its flash point in the Parisian suburbs and worsening elsewhere.
It was the first time police had been injured by weapons' fire and there were signs that rioters were deliberately seeking out clashes with police, officials said.
Among the injured police, 10 were hurt by youths firing fine-grain birdshot in a late-night clash in the southern Paris suburb of Grigny, national police spokesman Patrick Hamon said. Two were hospitalized, but their lives were not considered in danger. One was wounded in the neck, the other in the legs.
The unrest began Oct. 27 in the low-income Paris suburb of Clichy-sous-Bois, after the deaths of two teenagers of Mauritanian and Tunisian origin. The youths were accidentally electrocuted as they hid from police in a power substation. They apparently thought they were being chased.
All told, 4,700 cars have been burned in France since the rioting began and 1,200 suspects were detained at least temporarily, Gaudin said.
The growing violence is forcing France to confront long-simmering anger in its suburbs, where many Africans and their French-born children live on society's margins, struggling with high unemployment, racial discrimination and despair — fertile terrain for crime of all sorts as well as for Muslim extremists offering frustrated youths a way out.
France, with some 5 million Muslims, has the largest Islamic population in Western Europe.
President Jacques Chirac, whose government is under intense pressure to halt the violence, promised stern punishment for those behind the attacks, making his first public comments Sunday since the riots started.
"The law must have the last word," Chirac said Sunday after a security meeting with top ministers. France is determined "to be stronger than those who want to sow violence or fear, and they will be arrested, judged and punished."
France's biggest Muslim fundamentalist organization, the Union for Islamic Organizations of France, issued a fatwa, or religious decree. It forbade all those "who seek divine grace from taking part in any action that blindly strikes private or public property or can harm others."
Arsonists burned two schools and a bus in the central city of Saint-Etienne and its suburbs, and two people were injured in the bus attack. Churches were set ablaze in northern Lens and southern Sete, he said.
In Colombes in suburban Paris, youths pelted a bus with rocks, sending a 13-month-old child to the hospital with a head injury, Hamon said, while a daycare center was burned in Saint-Maurice, another Paris suburb.
Much of the youths' anger has focused on law-and-order Interior Minister Nicolas Sarkozy, whose reference to the troublemakers as "scum" appeared to inflame passions.

The riots in France were allegedly caused by minority racial groups who felt that they were being mistreated and treated unequally. They couldn’t take it anymore. The anger reached a boiling point and all hell broke loose. What will it take for the same thing to happen in LA? Remember what happened with Rodney King over a decade ago? It doesn’t take much. Would other minority groups in other cities follow? Is this incident in France the first domino piece to fall?

Leader Of Racist Aztlan Movement Calls For French-Style Riots In US
World Net Daily | November 8 2005
As we have previously documented, these Mexican Klan groups call for killing all white and black people and taking over the southern states with bloody conquest and yet Alex Jones has been called racist for protesting them. Take a look at what they're advocating and then decide who the real racists are.

Giant bilboards are now proclaiming that LA belongs to Mexico in ads for radio stations.

FLASHBACK: Protesting Aztlan and the Plan of San Diego
FLASHBACK: Nightmare Racism and Open Call for Revolution: Alex Jones Reports on Mexican Independence Day in Austin, Texas
-------------------------------------
While Many Americans are watching the chaos unfold following 12 nights of mayhem by largely Muslim immigrants in the streets of France, a leader of the separatist Aztlan movement in the U.S. says it's only a matter of time before worse unrest hits the streets of America.
"Can a similar insurrection occur in the USA?" asks Ernesto Cienfuegos of La Voz de Aztlan.
Yes, he concludes.
"Today, here in Los Angeles, we are already seeing ominous signs of an impending social explosion that will make the French rebellion by Muslim and immigrant youths seem 'tame' by comparison," he writes. "All the ingredients are present including a hostile and racist police as in France. In fact, we came close to having major riots on three separate occasions just this year alone."
Aztlan activists, who see themselves as "America's Palestinians," want to carve out of most of the southwestern United States an independent, Spanish-speaking nation known as the Republica del Norte.
According to earlier reports in La Voz de Aztlan, the leaders of this movement are meeting continuously with extremists from the Islamic world.
"There are great similarities between the political and economic condition of the Palestinians in occupied Palestine and that of La Raza in the southwest United States," explained one 2001 editorial in La Voz de Aztlan.
Los Angeles is perceived as the future capital of Aztlan or Republica de Norte.
Cienfuegos continued in today's dispatch: "On top of all this, there are major rumblings in the high schools of the Los Angeles Unified School District, the second largest in the USA. A few days ago, thousands of students, predominantly of Mexican descent, simply walked out of their schools to protest overcrowding, lack of texts, lack of desks and unqualified teachers. There is a strange feeling here in Los Angeles that something sinister is about to happen, but no one knows when. All it will take is for a 'bird-brain cop' to do something stupid and all hell will break loose. If another major rebellion breaks out here in L.A. it could rapidly spread throughout the USA as it has spread in France."
"The social and economic conditions that exist in France that adversely affect its immigrant and Muslim populations also exist here in the USA," Cienfuegos writes. "These conditions negatively affect our black, Latino and immigrant populations in the same way. The rebellion that is occurring in France can and will most probably happen here. If it does, it will have grave consequences on the social, political and economic structures of the country and it could possibly topple a government already weakened by the Iraq War and corruption within its ranks."

10/10/05 - 10/16/05

2005-10-10T15:03:00.000-07:00

As I've been recording this journal for the past 5 months or so, I've noticed that the nature of these headlines are becoming more concentrated with significant events as time has passed. When I started recording this back in May, I planned on stopping this blog if things eventually started to level out and continue as normal. Obviously that hasn't happened. At this rate, It doesn't seem like it's going to end anytime soon.

Holy crap! Never before have I seen so many people die of natural disasters than in the past year. Starting with the Asian tsunami in December 2004, it has been one thing after another. There is no doubt in my mind that we have reached a “de-population” stage. I have no idea which ones are induced by HAARP and which ones are natural but it seems as if each disaster is perpetuating the next. When the 9.0 earthquake that caused the Asian tsunami caused the earth to ring like a bell for months, it may have weakened the existing fault lines and act as a catalyst for more frequent, violent earthquakes. Remember, earthquakes in one place after another is a major sign of the return of Christ. It must be getting close.

Pakistan: Quake toll reaches 30,000

Sunday 09 October 2005, 13:50 Makka Time, 10:50 GMT
The estimated toll of the South Asian earthquake on Saturday has hit 30,000, Pakistan-administered Kashmir's works and communication minister says.
"Our rough estimates say more than 30,000 people have died in the earthquake in Kashmir," minister Tariq Farooq said on Sunday.
"There are cities, there are towns which have been completely
destroyed. Muzaffarabad is devastated," he added, referring to the capital of Pakistan's sector of disputed Kashmir.
Pakistan's private Aaj television reported the toll in Pakistan-controlled Kashmir and northwest Pakistan to be more than 25,000. It did not cite a source. Officials have said the toll will rise.
Bodies lay in the streets and villagers pulled debris from collapsed schools and mud-brick homes with their bare hands on Sunday, desperate to find survivors from the 7.6-magnitude quake that struck Pakistan and India.
The quake that struck the mountainous Kashmir region flattened dozens of villages, killing farmers, homemakers, soldiers and schoolgirls, and triggered landslides that blocked rescuers from reaching many devastated areas.
Pakistan hardest hit
The severest destruction was in Pakistan, where Interior Minister Aftab Sherpao said on Sunday that 19,136 people were confirmed to have died - 17,388 of them in Pakistani Kashmir where the quake was centred.
A further 42,397 were confirmed injured, he added.
Chief military spokesman Major-General Shaukat Sultan said: "We are handling the worst disaster in Pakistan's history."
The earthquake, which struck just before 9am, caused buildings to sway for about a minute in the capitals of
Afghanistan, Pakistan and India, an area about 1000km across.
Aftershocks rattled the region for hours afterwards, and
hospitals moved quake victims onto lawns, fearing tremors
could cause more damage.
The US Geological Survey reported 22 aftershocks in the
24 hours after the quake, including a 6.2-magnitude
temblor.
On Sunday, Pakistani military helicopters ferried troops and supplies to some areas, but there was no sign of government help in Balakot, a northern village of 30,000 where the quake levelled the main bazaar, crushing shoppers.
No help
Injured people covered by shawls lay in the street, waiting for medical care. Residents carried bodies on wooden planks. The bodies of four children, aged between four and six years old, lay under a sheet of corrugated iron. Relatives said they were trying to find sheets to wrap the bodies.
"We don't have anything to bury them with," said a cousin, Saqib Swati.

Some victims have lamented the
lack of help from the government
Nearby, Faizan Farooq, a 19-year-old business administration student, stood outside the rubble of his four-storey school, where at least 250 pupils were feared trapped. Dozens of villagers, some with sledgehammers but many without any tools, pulled at the debris and carried away bodies.
Farooq said he could hear children under the rubble crying for help immediately after the disaster.
"Now there's no sign of life," he said. "We can't do this without the army's help. Nobody has come here to help us."
Elsewhere in Balakot, shop owner Mohammed Iqbal said two
primary schools, one for boys and one for girls, also collapsed.
He estimated that more than 500 students had been killed.
India reported at least 360 people killed and 900 injured when the quake collapsed houses and other buildings in Jammu-Kashmir state. Most of the deaths occurred in the border towns of Uri, Tangdar and Punch and in the city of Srinagar, said B B Vyas, the state's divisional commissioner.
Afghanistan reported one death: An 11-year-old girl crushed when a wall in her home collapsed, police official Gafar Khan said.
An eight-member UN team of top disaster coordination officials was due to arrive in Islamabad on Sunday to plan the global body's response.

Here is a preview of the next major event in the globalists’ agenda to open the final act of this current “old world” paradigm before the emergence of a new false paradigm which will change the way people look at the world forever, unite the world into one global system and prepare the way for the alien anti-christ.

Edging Towards Disaster with Iran
by Mike Whitney
http://www.opednews.com
“If Israel takes such crazy actions as attacking our nuclear facilities, we will give it an unforgettable lesson.” Iranian Parliament-Speaker, Haddad Adel

The prospect of war breaking out between the United States and Iran is more likely by the day. Still, for the most part, the American public seems strangely unaware of the growing danger. In late September Iran began conducting major military exercises in the southwestern province of Khuzestan, where officials claim that US agents have infiltrated and are carrying out destabilizing activities. Tehran has deployed 100,000 soldiers to the oil-rich region to address the growing unrest and to carry out maneuvers which anticipate a preemptive invasion by the US.

These signs of mounting tensions are further amplified by a resolution that was passed by the UN’s nuclear watchdog agency (IAEA) two weeks ago. The agency voted by a slim majority to bring Iran before the UN Security Council for “non-compliance” with its treaty requirements under the terms of the NPT (Nuclear Non-proliferation Treaty)

The US-backed resolution was pushed through the IAEA to make it appear as though Iran is conducting a secret nuclear weapons program. No evidence of such a program has ever been verified and the agency’s chief, Mohammad Elbaradei, has repeatedly given Iran a clean bill of health on all matters related to its compliance with treaty obligations.

The “nuclear weapons” issue is a red herring similar to the WMD ruse prior to the war with Iraq. It provides the US and Israel with some cover of legitimacy for future attacks on Iranian weapons-sites. By disarming Iran, the Bush administration will have eliminated a long-term regional competitor to Israel and will be able to proceed with the neocon master-plan to redraw the map of the Middle East to suit US interests.

Tehran, of course, is taking these threats seriously and is increasingly moving towards a war-time footing.

The resignation of one of Iran’s most prominent diplomats, Mohammad Javad Zarif, from Iran’s nuclear negotiating team, is an indication that positions are hardening and that a war may be forthcoming. Zarif was seen as a moderating influence and was in favor of improving relations with the West. That has changed with the increasing saber-rattling from across the Atlantic and with the threat of censure from the IAEA.

If Washington intended to provoke another war, they have certainly succeeded. In fact, it was the Bush administrations’ tough-talk that that gave rise to Iran’s current hard-line President, Mahmoud Ahmadinejad. Ahmadinejad has responded to Bush’s incendiary rhetoric by putting the suspected-nuclear program under military control. The administration, impervious to their repeated policy failures, continues to blunder ahead paving the way to Armageddon.

At present, both the British and American high-commands are claiming that Tehran is directly involved in providing the Iraqi resistance with bomb-making capability. BBC is reporting that “British officials have linked the type of bombs used in the attacks to Iran’s Revolutionary Guards.” The charges reiterate the earlier claims by Rumsfeld that Iran was providing military hardware and roadside bombs to the resistance.

Iranian spokesman Hamid Reza-Asefi has vehemently denied the charges saying, “This is a lie. The British are the cause of instability and crisis in Iraq.…From the very beginning, we have stated our position very clearly - a stable Iraq is in our interests and that is what the Iraqi authorities have said themselves on many occasions."

It is impossible to imagine how fueling the unrest in Iraq would serve Iran’s interests especially since the resistance is overwhelmingly Sunni (Iranians are Shi’ites) There’s also the possibility that Iran’s involvement would prompt a nuclear strikes from the United States; hardly the reaction that the wary Mullahs might covet. So far, not one Iranian fighter has been captured in the ongoing conflict in Iraq, nor is there any proof that Iran is providing bomb-making material to the resistance. It is impossible to exclude the possibility that these are just more baseless claims intended to justify a preemptive attack.

The Bourse; Iran’s death-warrant

Iran’s future oil and natural gas wealth foreshadow its growth into a regional competitor to Israel as well as an energy-independent powerhouse. Their stated intention to sell resources via their own, homegrown bourse, is a direct threat to the existing economic system. It would greatly increase trade in petro-euros and send the dollar into a downward spiral. The importance of this cannot be overstated. The heart-and-soul of the empire is the Greenback; that flaccid, debt-ridden hoax that props-up the entire rickety structure of state-terror. The $8 trillion dollars of accumulated debt that underwrites the greenback requires that the world continue to buy oil in dollars. The transition from dollars to petro-euros is a direct assault on a system that forces the lavish debt of the wealthiest nations onto the shoulders of the world’s poorest people. If the dollar falls from its place of prominence then the global power-structure would shift dramatically from the hands of western elites to the nations with the most resources. America’s corporate and financial giants will never allow that to happen, not as long as there’s one missile left in an American silo.

If Cindy Sheehan wants to know “what the noble cause her son Casey died for in Iraq”; this is it; to maintain the current economic system. Ultimately, this is why Iran will be bombarded in a flagrant display of unprovoked aggression.

Enter Israel: “Time is running out”

Last week three members of the Israeli Knesset issued a terse warning that an attack on Iran may be imminent. Arieh Eldad, a member of the right-wing National Union Party said ominously, “Iran will not be deterred by anything but force.”

Yoseph Lapid, head of the Shinui Party echoed Eldad’s sentiments saying, “We feel we are obliged to warn our friends that Israel should not be pushed into a situation where we see no other solution but to act unilaterally.”

The appearance of three Israeli politicians dispatched to Washington to reiterate the same message can only mean trouble. We should presume that the details of an upcoming attack are currently being ironed-out and that hostilities will probably take place in the very near future.

It is strangely ironic that Israel would have the audacity to send politicians to Washington in the very same week that a top Pentagon analyst has confessed to handing over highly classified intelligence to members of the pro-Israeli lobbying group AIPAC. It’s always difficult to defend the “special friendship” when one of the friends is stealing top secret information from the other.

The issue of Israel’s disloyalty, of course, won’t disrupt the plans for the attack on Iran. That strategy was worked out long ago in documents like the Project for the New American Century and represents the mutual interests of the Israeli leadership and the White House globalists. Their aims are to consolidate control over diminishing resources and to establish a dominating military presence over the fragmented and greatly weakened Islamic states.

The upcoming attack is predicated on the belief that Iran will not strike back, but that is far from certain. What is certain, however, is that stable supplies of crude, major cities in Israel, and 140,000 American servicemen and women will be deliberately put in harms-way to achieve the elusive objectives of political fantasists and radicals. It is a reckless roll of the dice that moves the world ever-closer towards a global catastrophe.
Mike lives in Washington State with his charming wife Joan and two spoiled and overfed dogs, Cocoa and Pat-Fergie.

Something tells me that we haven’t seen anything yet, even after what has been happening lately. Not only does seismic activity cause earthquakes but also volcanic activity as well. Not to sound paranoid but, is it just me or do you also feel that the next shoe is about to drop in the form of the next BIG earthquake, volcano, tsunami, pandemic, hurricane, terror attack? Have I missed anything?

October 8, 2005
Massive Antipode Earthquakes in Asia and Americas Intensify Earth Core Instability as US Northwest Area Earthquakes Number in the Thousands and ‘South Atlantic Anomaly’ Shows Signs of Growing
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Russian Subscribers
Russian Scientists are reporting today that Earth Core instabilities are increasing, and are evidenced by the massive Antipode earthquake events in Peru and Asia these past days.
Of the events in Asia we can read as reported by the United States Bloomberg News Service in their article titled "Pakistan, India Are Hit by 7.6 Magnitude Earthquake" and which says, "Pakistan and India were shaken by a magnitude 7.6 earthquake, one of the biggest to strike the region. Government officials in both countries said they fear widespread death and destruction."
This event followed by 11 days the massive event that occurred in the South American country of Peru, and as we can read as reported by the Associated Press News Service in their article titled "Powerful earthquake rocks northern Peru" and which says, "A powerful earthquake in northern Peru killed at least one person, destroyed about 100 homes and disrupted electricity and telephone service in much of the region, the civil defense chief said Monday. The 7.5-magnitude earthquake was felt throughout Peru's northern coast and as far away as Bogota, Colombia, more than 700 miles to the north, and broke windows in towns in Ecuador."
To the significance of Asia and the Americas being the most important areas of the earth in monitoring core instabilities we had previously reported on in our March 28th report titled “Earth’s Core ‘Mysteriously’ Shifts Causing near Simultaneous Antipodal Earthquakes in Central America, South America and Indonesia" and wherein we had stated:
“Russian scientists are reporting this evening that the Earth’s core has experienced a mysterious ‘shifting’, and for as yet unexplained reasons, but has caused near simultaneous earthquakes in both the countries of Indonesia and its antipodal counterparts of Panama, Venezuela and Nicaragua.
Of the Central and South American events we are not knowledgeable yet as communications with these areas have apparently been disrupted.
Of the Indonesian event we can read as reported by the British News Service Times Online in their article titled "Tsunami fears over new Indonesia earthquake", and which says, "A "widely destructive tsunami" could be unleashed by the huge earthquake that has struck off the coast of Indonesia, authorities said today. The US Geological Survey (USGS) said that the earthquake, measuring 8.5 on the Richter scale, struck at 1609 GMT off the coast of Sumatra and was an aftershock of the December 26 quake."
Much scientific speculation has been occurring since the Great Tsunami Event of 2004, and in which as reported by the United States Space Agency NASA, "NASA scientists using data from the Indonesian earthquake calculated it affected Earth's rotation, decreased the length of day, slightly changed the planet's shape, and shifted the North Pole by centimeters. The earthquake that created the huge tsunami also changed the Earth's rotation."
Towards the greater parts of this speculation we can see as written by the American scientist Dr. Walter Wishchey, who is the Director of the Science Museum of Virginia, and who in this article titled "Reversal of magnetic field under way?", says, "There are signs that reversal might be under way now the Earth's magnetic field is about 10 percent weaker than when first measured in the 1800s. In the April issue of Scientific American, Glatzmaier describes two recent satellite missions to study the Earth's magnetic field. The results show the field is quite uneven. This patchiness in the field strength may account in part for inherent instability."
Today’s massive earthquake event in Asia, once again, mirrored those events of this past March with the precursor event taking place in the Central American country of El Salvador, and as we can read as reported by Chinas Xinhua News Service in their article titled "Strong earthquake jolts El Salvador" and which says, "An earthquake measuring 6.2 on the Richter Scale rocked El Salvador on Friday at local time 11:42AM (1742 GMT), according to an official source from the Central American country."
Russian Scientists further state in their reports that as these internal core instabilities increase, the weaker geological areas of the earth remain at the greatest danger, one of which is the Northwestern Regions of North America, and where increasing concerns are being raised due to a continuing series of earthquakes, numbering in the thousands per day, are being reported in the Idaho Region, and as we can read as reported by the KTVB News Service in their article titled “Recent earthquake activity raises concerns about Cascade Dam" and which says:
"After weeks of shaking, folks in Cascade say they're getting sick of feeling the earth move under their feet. There may be a greater concern than trinkets falling off shelves. Some Cascade residents say the thing they're most worried about is a dam built in 1948 and whether the structure can withstand shock after shock. But even though thousands of small earthquakes are still being recorded every day, officials who inspect the dam say they're not worried."
These reports also state that these events by themselves are but ‘parts’ of a much larger, and catastrophic, ‘main event’ that the entire world is heading towards.
Not being understood by the Western peoples are the significances relating to the massive number, and increasing power, of the latest series of Super Storms ravaging our planet and their causing of earthquakes in the areas they most effect, and as we had previously reported on in our July 5th report titled “Massive Raising of Atlantic Ocean Bed Triggers Current Changes As North American Plate Pressures Build To ‘Unprecedented Levels’ Scientists Report" and wherein we had stated:
“But perhaps most ominous of all of these events has been the American Scientists recent confirming Russian research that details the effects of weather upon fault zones like New Madrid, and as we can read as reported by the New Scientist News Service in their report titled "Earth trembles as big winds move in" and which says;
"HURRICANES can trigger swarms of weak earthquakes and even set the Earth vibrating, according to the first study of such effects.When Hurricane Charley slammed into Florida in August 2004, physicist Randall Peters of Mercer University in Macon, Georgia, had a seismometer ready to monitor any vibrations in the Earth's crust. He did so for over 36 hours as Charley travelled briefly over Florida, then slid back out into the Atlantic.
As the hurricane reached land, the seismometer recorded a series of "micro-tremors" from the Earth's crust. This happened again as the storm moved back out to sea. Then, as Charley grazed the continental shelf on its way out, it caused a sharp seismic spike. "I suspect the storm triggered a subterranean landslide," says Peters.
More surprisingly, the storm also caused the Earth to vibrate. The planet's surface in the vicinity of the hurricane started moving up and down at several frequencies ranging from 0.9 to 3 millihertz. Such low-frequency vibrations have been detected following large earthquakes, but this is the first time a storm has been found to be the cause."
Further evidence to support this research has been evidenced in these past weeks when the Regions of Central America and Taiwan were struck by the twin calamities of Massive Storms followed by Earthquakes, and as we can read:
As reported by the Washington Post News Service in their article titled "Flooded Central America Hit by Quake" and which says, "A moderate earthquake rocked Central America on Friday, causing the collapse of a rain-damaged highway bridge in Guatemala and sending thousands of frightened Salvadoran residents into the streets. The earthquake struck before residents had even begun to recover from the storms, which included Hurricane Stan's landfall Tuesday in Mexico's Gulf Coast state of Veracruz before it weakened into a tropical depression."
As reported by South Africa’s Mail and Guardian News Service in their article titled "Quake hits Taiwan as typhoon arrives" and which says, "A strong earthquake measuring 5,4 on the Richter scale rocked eastern Taiwan late on Saturday as the island braced for the impact of powerful Typhoon Longwang."
But to all of these events, the one causing the greatest concerns to Russian Scientists is the evidence that the mysterious ‘South American Anomaly’ is growing in size and appears to be ‘shifting’ towards the north. The United States MIT University states about this mysterious anomaly:
"Earth is surrounded by a close-to-spherical magnetic field, the magnetosphere. According to what we know today, it is being generated by dynamo action in the Earth's interior where conducting liquid metals are kept in motion by the forces of convection (heat exchange), coriolis, and gravitation, and just as the charged windings in the coil of a dynamo generate a magnetic field when moved, these masses create the Earth's magnetic field. Without it, our compasses wouldn't work, there would be no northern lights (auroras), and it protects us from space radiation by deflecting high energy particles from deep space or by capturing them in the so-called Van Allen Belts. Of these, discovered by the first US satellite, Explorer 1, in 1958, there are two, one closer, the other farther away, and both surround the Earth like a doughnut.
Unfortunately, at a certain location over the South Atlantic Ocean, off the coast of Brazil, the shielding effect of the magnetosphere is not quite spherical but shows a "pothole", a dip, which scientists explain as a result of the eccentric displacement of the center of the magnetic field from the geographical center of the Earth (by 280 miles) as well as the displacement between the magnetic and geographic poles of Earth. For orbits tilted (inclined) between 35 and 60 degrees against Earth's equator and having altitudes of a few hundred miles, this oddity, called the South Atlantic Anomaly (SAA) becomes important, because spacecraft in those orbits periodically pass through that zone of reduced natural shielding and thus spend a few minutes during each passage exposed to higher particle flux than outside it. It requires higher shielding for the crew, particularly during spacewalks (EVAs), and is also of concern in the design of photovoltaic cells which are degraded faster by higher particle fluxes."
These disturbing changes to the South American Anomaly are speculated by Russian Scientists to have been caused by last months massive solar flares, and as we can read as reported by the British Scotsman News Service in their September 14th article titled "Solar flares hit radio and satellite services" and which says:
"Turmoil on the surface of the Sun is threatening the Earth with radio blackouts, grid overloads and satellite disruptions. At the centre of the storm is a giant sunspot which is blasting out solar flares charged with powerful X-rays. Energetic particles are pouring out, posing a risk to sensitive communication systems. Sunspot 798, which at its peak has been five times larger than the Earth, has produced seven huge X-class flares since 7 September. A solar flare is a massive explosion on the Sun that can release as much energy as a billion megatons of TNT. One on Wednesday last week was rated X-17 on a scale which measures the intensity of flares, making it the fourth biggest on record."
To the Western people being able to fully comprehend the totality, and interconnectedness, of this earth, and the solar system we are a part of, their Darwinian mindsets will not allow them; it is as if they believe that by removing even the smallest part of their body the rest would not be affected. To the danger of their not comprehending these events lies in their failing to prepare for the greater cataclysmic events soon to overtake them.
© October 8, 2005, EU and US all rights reserved.

How often do you see a headline like this? The reports regarding this avian flu have gone from a whisper to a shout on the bullhorn in the past few months. If this mutates to spread from human to human, we have a global crisis on our hands. I’m not sure if this will be full blown this year but I’m almost certain that this will eventually happen at some point.

America 'faces worst disaster in its history'
FROM TIM REID IN WASHINGTON

A PLAN drawn up by the Bush Administration to combat a pandemic bird flu outbreak reveals that America is grossly unprepared to deal with what would likely be the worst disaster in US history.
The 381-page draft plan, leaked by health officials who claim that it contains fundamental failures, predicts that a full-scale outbreak could kill as many as 1.9 million Americans and put 8.5 million in hospital at a cost of more than $450 billion (£256 billion).

Hospitals would quickly become overwhelmed, riots would break out at vaccine clinics, civil unrest would sweep the country, and power and food would be in short supply, according to the plan, which has been years in the making. It calls for quarantine and travel restrictions but concedes that those measures “are unlikely to delay introduction of pandemic disease into the US by more than a month or two”.
A large outbreak in Asia, because of modern travel patterns, would be likely to reach the US within “a few months or even weeks”. The plan, which was passed to The New York Times, calls for the ability to manufacture 600 million vaccine doses within six months, more than ten times the country’s current capacity.
The document, called the Pandemic Influenza Strategic Plan, also calls for a national stockpile of 133 courses of flu treatment. The Bush Administration has purchased only 4.3 million courses at present.
On Friday, President Bush met officials from the country’s top six vaccine producers at the White House to urge them to step up production and to discuss ways to increase their production capacity.
Health officials claim that the plan fails to place a central figure in charge of co-ordinating a national response to a bird flu outbreak. After the Bush Administration’s disastrous initial response to Hurricane Katrina, and Mr Bush’s subsequent admission that a lack of clear and unified central leadership exacerbated the disaster, the officials told The New York Times: “We don’t want to have a FEMA-like [Federal Emergency Management Agency] response, where it’s not clear who’s running what.”
The officials conceded, however, that the plan was a “major milestone”.
One of the most controversial parts of the plan addresses who should be given the vaccines first. The military and National Guard are not mentioned.

Look here, even Hugo Chavez’s ole buddy has something profound to say about all of this. I have one thing to say about his quote too. “DUUUUUHH, No shit…. Did you know that false prophets point to a 2nd coming too?” The crap coming out of Pat’s mouth is more of a sign of the end than the disasters in my opinion. Thanks Pat. You’ve made a believer out of me.

Robertson: Disasters point to 2nd Coming
Evangelist observes quakes, hurricanes 'starting to hit with amazing regularity'
World Net Daily | 10th Oct 2005

This weekend's catastrophic earthquake in South Asia in the wake of recent U.S. hurricanes and December's tsunami is catching the eye of televangelist Pat Robertson, who says we "might be" in the End Times described in the Bible.
"These things are starting to hit with amazing regularity," Robertson said on CNN's "Late Edition."
Robertson, a former GOP presidential candidate and host of the "700 Club" daily Christian TV show, noted, "If you read back in the Bible, the letter of the apostle Paul to the church of Thessalonia, he said that in the latter days before the end of the age that the Earth would be caught up in what he called the birth pangs of a new order. And for anybody who knows what it's like to have a wife going into labor, you know how these labor pains begin to hit. I don't have any special word that says this is that, but it could be suspiciously like that."
"What was called the blessed hope of the Bible is that one day Jesus Christ would come back again, start a whole new era, that this world order that we know would change into something that would be wonderful that we'd call the millennium," he continued. "And before that good time comes there will be some difficult days and there will be likened to what a woman goes through in labor just before she brings forth a child."
When asked if the world was approaching that moment, Robertson said, "It's possible. I don't have any special revelation to say it is but the Bible does indicate such a time will happen in the end of time. And could this be it? It might be."
Hurricane Katrina left more than 1,200 people dead in the Gulf Coast region of the U.S., while the rising death toll from this weekend's earthquake in Pakistan, Afghanistan and India is in the 20,000 to 30,000 range thus far.
On Dec. 26, an estimated 275,000 people lost their lives from a tsunami sparked by an undersea earthquake in the Indian Ocean.
Some New Testament verses often cited by Christians regarding signs of the end of this present age before the return of Jesus to Earth include:

"For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. All these are the beginning of sorrows." (Matthew 24:7-8)
"And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring;" (Luke 21:25).
Robertson isn't the only one raising the End Times issue, as author and WorldNetDaily columnist Hal Lindsey has weighed in.
"It seems clear that the prophetic times I have been expecting for decades have finally arrived. And even worse, it appears that the judgment of America has begun," Lindsey said on the Sept. 9 broadcast of the "International Intelligence Briefing" on the Trinity Broadcasting Network. "I warn continually that the last days lineup of world powers does not include anything resembling the United States of America. Instead, a revived Roman Empire in Europe is to rule the West, and then the world. "
As WND reported last month, Robertson suggested the assassination of Venezuelan leader Hugo Chavez.
"We have the ability to take him out, and I think the time has come that we exercise that ability," he said, though he later backed away from the suggestion of assassination, stating he was taken out of context.
Robertson revisited his concerns about Chavez today, telling CNN, "The truth is, this man is setting up a Marxist-type dictatorship in Venezuela, he's trying to spread Marxism throughout South America, he's negotiating with the Iranians to get nuclear material and he also sent 1.2 million dollars in cash to Osama bin Laden right after 9-11."
"I've written him. I apologized and I said I will be praying for him, but one day we will be staring at nuclear weapons and it won't be [Hurricane] Katrina facing New Orleans, it's going to be a Venezuelan nuke," Robertson said.
When asked where he got the information about cash going from Chavez to bin Laden, Robertson said it was from "sources," though WND has previously reported on the connection.
"That's what I was told," Robertson said. "And I know he sent a warm, congratulatory letter to Carlos the Jackal. He's a friend of Moammar Gadhafi. He's made common cause with these people who are considered terrorists."

10/3/05 - 10/9/05

2005-10-04T14:02:00.000-07:00

The Jewish world is looking for the Moschiach this year. The Muslim world is expecting their Mahdi this year. The war drums are beating in Iran. The terrorist threat is looming. The Avian Flu is rearing it’s head. Hurricanes and typhoons are hitting and killing thousands. Solar flares from the sun are appearing like never before. It’s just another year right?

October 6, 2005
Extraordinary Solar and Lunar Eclipses during Islam Holy Month Signals Total World War As Muslim Faithful Await the Mahdi and United States Prepares for Final Battle for Survival
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Russian Subscribers
As the Western World reels from the continued financial impact from the seemingly never ending storms hitting the Americas, Europe and Asia, and likewise are preparing for the total collapse of the entire world’s economic system due to the raging Bird Flu Pandemic, the most momentous event of this new century is occurring right over their heads, yet the vast majority of these Westerners do not even know what they are seeing….this is not true however for the over 1 billion Muslim faithful, and who with this months Solar and Lunar Eclipses during their Holiest Month of Ramadan are awaiting the Rising of the Great Mahdi.
On October 3ed the Sun was eclipsed by the Moon, On October 17th the Earth will come between the Sun and the Moon creating a Lunar eclipse, and to which the faithful of Islam state:
"The solar and lunar eclipses occurring during Hazrat Mirza Ghulam Ahmad Sahib’s lifetime were great heavenly signs, prophesied in the history of Islam and other religions. Both, the lunar and solar eclipses, occurred in the holy Islamic month of Ramazan (that fell in the months of March and April in the year 1894 A.D.). The lunar eclipse occurred on the 13th of Ramazan (or 20th March 1894) and the solar eclipse occurred on the 28th of Ramazan (or 6th April 1894). This was a unique phenomenon, because never before, in the history of the universe, had both eclipses fallen within the same lunar month. After occurring in the East, the same phenomenon occurred in the West, in the month of Ramazan falling in the year 1895 A.D.
This sign of the Double Occultation of the sun and the moon can be traced as far back as the Old Testament. Speaking of the "Second Coming of the Lord", it says, "the stars of heaven and the constellations thereof shall not give their light: the sun shall be darkened in his going forth, and the moon shall not cause her light to shine" (Isaiah, 13:10). Similarly we read: "Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken; and then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven." (St. Matthew, 24:39)."
Astronomers turned every leaf of their dusty record in vain, for not a single similar instance they could find ever since this world came into existence.”
Though the term Mahdi is practically unknown to the Western people, its significance to the World’s Muslims can not be underestimated, as once again the Religion of Islam finds itself under unrelenting attacks by the Axis Powers of the West, and in a war that they believe, should they lose, will annihilate them from the face of the earth. And though the various sects of Islam diverge as to the meaning of the Mahdi, their belief in a Military Savior arising to battle their enemies is currently consuming their very souls.
“The Arabic term "Mahdi" is best translated with "divinely guided one". The main principle of the Mahdi is that he is a figure that is absolutely guided by God. This guidance is stronger form of guidance than normal guidance, which usually involves a human being willfully acting according to the guidance of God. The Mahdi on the other hand, has nothing of this human element, and his acts will be in complete accordance to God's will.
The figure of Mahdi, and his mission, is not mentioned in the Koran, and there are practically nothing to be found among the reliable hadiths on him either. The idea of the mahdi appears to be a development in the first 2-3 centuries of Islam. In the case of the Shi'i Mahdi many scholars have suggested that there is a clear inspiration coming from the Messiah-figure of Christianity and its ideas of a judgement day in the hands of a religious renewer.
While there are many similarities between the Mahdi and Messias, there are also many variations over the Mahdi theme, which have differed from time to time and from region to region. "Mahdi" has been frequently used for military leaders, both when defining a future leader who would come and free suppressed Muslims, as well as leaders that appeared in flesh and blood.”
Not since the times of the Crusades have the Muslim Nations faced the threat of total annihilation, and against an enemy who has devoted itself to ‘decades of war’, and as we can read as reported by the BBC News Service in their article tilted “Cheney warns of 'decades of war' and which says, "US Vice-President Dick Cheney has said that the US must be prepared to fight the war on terror for decades. Addressing US military personnel, he said that the only way terrorists would win was if the US lost its nerve and abandoned Iraq and the Middle East."
One can only speculate how the mothers and fathers of the United States must feel in the hearing of these words by their Military Leaders not content to sacrifice just their sons and daughters, but also their grandsons, granddaughters…even to their great granddaughters and sons.
But as each successive generation of their war dead return to their bloodied shores these Western people are not even allowed to seek comfort in their Christian Religion as the Dark Pope of Rome has informed them that their most revered book, the Bible, can no longer be counted as being true, and as we can read as reported by the British Times Online News Service in their article titled "Catholic Church no longer swears by truth of the Bible" and which says:
"The hierarchy of the Roman Catholic Church has published a teaching document instructing the faithful that some parts of the Bible are not actually true. The Catholic bishops of England, Wales and Scotland are warning their five million worshippers, as well as any others drawn to the study of scripture, that they should not expect “total accuracy” from the Bible. “We should not expect to find in Scripture full scientific accuracy or complete historical precision,” they say in The Gift of Scripture. The document is timely, coming as it does amid the rise of the religious Right, in particular in the US."
But if not ‘total accuracy’ from the Bible can be expected by these Western people, perhaps the prophetic warnings from another of their ancient prophets named Nostradamus should they then heed, and who of these times as apparently warned them about this Global War, and as he had written:
"Near the point of landing The Crusader Army will be ambushed by The Ismaelites, struck from all sides by the ship, Raviere. Promptly attacked by the elite galleys." C9 Q43
Throughout Asia Minor (Turkey, Kurdistan) There will be a great prohibiting of Outlaws. Even in Turkey, Iran and Iraq, blood will flow because of absolving a young Dark man filled with evil doing." C3 Q60
"In the Arabian Sea, a great fleet will flounder." C6 Q44
"The Sun (Atomic weapon) in The East, Saturn (Death) in The West, War near Orgon (S. France), a great evil seen near Rone, The ships melted and sunk by The Trident (or) The ship of the ones of The Trident will be melted and sunk." C5 Q62
One cannot but help to juxtapose these ancient prophecies with the warnings currently being issued by Iran against the United States, and as we read as reported by the Reuters News Service in their article titled "Be ready to face consequences: Iran to US" and which says, "Iran threatened on Monday to use its 'full might' to US endanger interests if Washington upped the pressure on Tehran over its disputed nuclear programme."
But to accepting warnings about the truthful state of the world these Western people are adverse to, even when it comes from one of their highest elected leaders, Republican Senate Majority Leader Bill Frist, who after saying these words had the Military Leaders of the United States begin an investigation against him, and as we can read as reported by the American Daily News Service in their article titled "US Looking Sideways: Bird Flu" and which says:
"In respect of human mortality, for the sake of your own families and children, for the honor and satisfaction of doing right, I bid you join in this effort."
What effort? Fighting the bird flu epidemic.
Who was speaking those words? US Senate Majority Leader William H. Frist, M.D., as he delivered his speech to the audience at the Nantucket Atheneum. He was referring to the worldwide threat of infectious diseases.The Washington Post headlines today read: "Indonesia Warns of Bird Flu Epidemic." According to reporter Alan Sipress messaging from Jakarta, Indonesia, that nation "could be on the brink of a bird flu epidemic if the virus continues to accelerate, the country's health minister warned Wednesday as the number of suspected cases in the capital continued to mount."
If such a bird flu attack occurred in North America, the United States would not be prepared. That is why Frist was speaking out. Yet candidly Frist admitted that "like everyone else, politicians tend to look away from danger, to hope for the best, and pray that disaster will not arrive on their watch even as they sleep through it. This is so much a part of human nature that it often goes unchallenged."But looking sideways when one should be looking head-on cannot be tolerated in these troubled times. Therefore, enough of procrastination.
Frist goes on: "But we will not be able to sleep through what is likely coming soon -- a front of unchecked and virulent epidemics, the potential of which should rise above your every other concern. For what the world now faces, it has not seen even in the most harrowing episodes of the Middle Ages or the great wars of the last century. "We are unprepared for rampant epidemics. And even worse, we haven’t taken sufficient note of the fact that though individually each might be devastating, they are susceptible of either purposeful or accidental combination, in which case they could be devastating almost beyond imagination."
Even with this stark warning, checking the Internet for sites focusing on America’s lack of preparedness regarding the bird flu epidemic, the sites are slim. Instead, the sites calmly recite the mantra of the definition of bird flu, how the flu has impacted past history, what an individual can do to ward off that flu, and so forth. It’s like reading how to ward of a sore throat."
The reward for telling the truth to the American people carries a high price however, and as Senator Frist has discovered, and as reported by the CNN News Service in their article titled "SEC chairman withdraws from Frist investigation" and which says, "Cox's statement was the first public acknowledgment by the SEC that it is investigating Frist's sale of stock in HCA, the big hospital operating company founded by his family."
As the United States continues the fight for its very survival the American people themselves remain blindingly ignorant of how dire their situation is growing, and though known by their Military Leaders, these events are not allowed to be broadcast by their Media Organs to the masses themselves.
And perhaps one the strongest messages of warning the masses of these Western people have not heard could also be the one they should know by heart, and as we can read as reported by the Jewish Institute for National Security Affairs News Service in their article titled "Osama bin Laden’s Mandate for Nuclear Terror" and which says:
"An Islamic religious ruling that had been kept from the public for a year-and-a-half granted Osama bin Laden and other terrorist leaders permission to use nuclear, biological or chemical weapons against the United States and its allies. The existence of the ruling, or fatwa, was revealed by Michael Scheuer, a former Central Intelligence Agency officer who headed the agency’s Bin Laden unit from 1996 to 1999 during the course of a November 14 broadcast of the CBS news show Sixty Minutes. The fatwa was issued by a prominent Saudi cleric on May 21, 2003, and is an ominous sign that bin Laden and al Qaeda no longer accept moral or religious values obstructing the use of weapons of mass destruction."
Tonight the world no longer stands at the abyss….Tonight we have truly plunged into it.
© October 6, 2005, EU and US all rights reserved.

Does this mean that they will just make stuff up now? Actually, since when did the Catholic Church ever swear by the truth of the Bible? Everything was always based on ritual and Babylonian tradition, not on the Bible anyways. I guess nothing has really changed but this official statement will shake the faith of millions of people (what they had left) and leave the door wide open for the acceptance of new agey doctrines of the coming Anti-Christ figure.

Catholic Church no longer swears by truth of the Bible
BY RUTH GLEDHILL, RELIGION CORRESPONDENT

THE hierarchy of the Roman Catholic Church has published a teaching document instructing the faithful that some parts of the Bible are not actually true.

The Catholic bishops of England, Wales and Scotland are warning their five million worshippers, as well as any others drawn to the study of scripture, that they should not expect “total accuracy” from the Bible.
“We should not expect to find in Scripture full scientific accuracy or complete historical precision,” they say in The Gift of Scripture.
The document is timely, coming as it does amid the rise of the religious Right, in particular in the US.
Some Christians want a literal interpretation of the story of creation, as told in Genesis, taught alongside Darwin’s theory of evolution in schools, believing “intelligent design” to be an equally plausible theory of how the world began.
But the first 11 chapters of Genesis, in which two different and at times conflicting stories of creation are told, are among those that this country’s Catholic bishops insist cannot be “historical”. At most, they say, they may contain “historical traces”.
The document shows how far the Catholic Church has come since the 17th century, when Galileo was condemned as a heretic for flouting a near-universal belief in the divine inspiration of the Bible by advocating the Copernican view of the solar system. Only a century ago, Pope Pius X condemned Modernist Catholic scholars who adapted historical-critical methods of analysing ancient literature to the Bible.
In the document, the bishops acknowledge their debt to biblical scholars. They say the Bible must be approached in the knowledge that it is “God’s word expressed in human language” and that proper acknowledgement should be given both to the word of God and its human dimensions.
They say the Church must offer the gospel in ways “appropriate to changing times, intelligible and attractive to our contemporaries”.
The Bible is true in passages relating to human salvation, they say, but continue: “We should not expect total accuracy from the Bible in other, secular matters.”
They go on to condemn fundamentalism for its “intransigent intolerance” and to warn of “significant dangers” involved in a fundamentalist approach.
“Such an approach is dangerous, for example, when people of one nation or group see in the Bible a mandate for their own superiority, and even consider themselves permitted by the Bible to use violence against others.”
Of the notorious anti-Jewish curse in Matthew 27:25, “His blood be on us and on our children”, a passage used to justify centuries of anti-Semitism, the bishops say these and other words must never be used again as a pretext to treat Jewish people with contempt. Describing this passage as an example of dramatic exaggeration, the bishops say they have had “tragic consequences” in encouraging hatred and persecution. “The attitudes and language of first-century quarrels between Jews and Jewish Christians should never again be emulated in relations between Jews and Christians.”
As examples of passages not to be taken literally, the bishops cite the early chapters of Genesis, comparing them with early creation legends from other cultures, especially from the ancient East. The bishops say it is clear that the primary purpose of these chapters was to provide religious teaching and that they could not be described as historical writing.
Similarly, they refute the apocalyptic prophecies of Revelation, the last book of the Christian Bible, in which the writer describes the work of the risen Jesus, the death of the Beast and the wedding feast of Christ the Lamb.
The bishops say: “Such symbolic language must be respected for what it is, and is not to be interpreted literally. We should not expect to discover in this book details about the end of the world, about how many will be saved and about when the end will come.”
In their foreword to the teaching document, the two most senior Catholics of the land, Cardinal Cormac Murphy-O’Connor, Archbishop of Westminster, and Cardinal Keith O’Brien, Archbishop of St Andrew’s and Edinburgh, explain its context.
They say people today are searching for what is worthwhile, what has real value, what can be trusted and what is really true.
The new teaching has been issued as part of the 40th anniversary celebrations of Dei Verbum, the Second Vatican Council document explaining the place of Scripture in revelation. In the past 40 years, Catholics have learnt more than ever before to cherish the Bible. “We have rediscovered the Bible as a precious treasure, both ancient and ever new.”
A Christian charity is sending a film about the Christmas story to every primary school in Britain after hearing of a young boy who asked his teacher why Mary and Joseph had named their baby after a swear word. The Breakout Trust raised £200,000 to make the 30-minute animated film, It’s a Boy. Steve Legg, head of the charity, said: “There are over 12 million children in the UK and only 756,000 of them go to church regularly.
That leaves a staggering number who are probably not receiving basic Christian teaching.”

BELIEVE IT OR NOT
UNTRUE
Genesis ii, 21-22
So the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall upon the man, and while he slept he took one of his ribs and closed up its place with flesh; and the rib which the Lord God had taken from the man he made into a woman and brought her to the man
Genesis iii, 16
God said to the woman [after she was beguiled by the serpent]: “I will greatly multiply your pain in childbearing; in pain you shall bring forth children, yet your desire shall be for your husband, and he shall rule over you.”
Matthew xxvii, 25
The words of the crowd: “His blood be on us and on our children.”
Revelation xix,20
And the beast was captured, and with it the false prophet who in its presence had worked the signs by which he deceived those who had received the mark of the beast and those who worshipped its image. These two were thrown alive into the lake of fire that burns with brimstone.”
TRUE
Exodus iii, 14
God reveals himself to Moses as: “I am who I am.”
Leviticus xxvi,12
“I will be your God, and you shall be my people.”
Exodus xx,1-17
The Ten Commandments
Matthew v,7
The Sermon on the Mount
Mark viii,29
Peter declares Jesus to be the Christ
Luke i
The Virgin Birth
John xx,28
Proof of bodily resurrection

Just when you were starting to think that this whole Avian flu business might be all hype, George Bush addressed this issue at his speech yesterday. Let’s face it, this is most likely the real deal.

U.S. Rushes to Finish Influenza Pandemic Plan
The Health secretary is leading a drive to boost federal efforts, and funding, to prepare for a global outbreak if avian flu mutates.
By Warren Vieth, Times Staff Writer

WASHINGTON — Even before it can tally the full cost of post-hurricane reconstruction, the Bush administration is seeking congressional support for an expanded government effort to prepare for a worldwide influenza pandemic.

The Department of Health and Human Services is rushing to complete its first comprehensive plan for coping with a possible flu pandemic, and could release the final version as early as this week. It is expected to be accompanied by a request for several billion dollars in new funding, and Congress appears to be willing to cover at least a portion.
Health authorities are particularly concerned about a virulent strain of avian flu in Asia that has killed several dozen people who handled infected birds. There are signs the virus may now be developing the ability, through mutation, to spread from human to human. It is the mutated form that could cause a pandemic.

The administration's pandemic plan is part of a broader effort to accelerate preparations for a potential health disaster. Conservative estimates of fatalities in a flu pandemic number in the millions worldwide, and in the tens of thousands in the United States.

The government has begun contracting with pharmaceutical makers to develop vaccines targeted at new strains of influenza virus. It has started stockpiling millions of doses of antiviral medicines that could limit symptoms and reduce the chances of spreading the virus. President Bush is pressuring other countries to conduct better surveillance for flu outbreaks, share information more readily and commit to aggressive containment measures.

Still, administration officials cautioned that even perfect planning would only lessen the devastation caused by a pandemic, not prevent it.

Bush's preparedness initiative is being directed by Health and Human Services Secretary Mike Leavitt, who said that of all the issues within his purview, including hurricane recovery and bioterrorism, the one that keeps him awake at night is influenza.

"It's a world-changing event when it occurs," Leavitt said in an interview. "It reaches beyond health. It affects economies, cultures, politics and prosperity — not to mention human life, counted by the millions."

Bush has taken up the cause personally, prodding the United Nations to make a priority of preparing for a pandemic and raising the issue in one-on-one discussions with the presidents of Russia and China and the prime minister of Indonesia, where in many parts of the country avian flu is endemic in poultry.

"We need to take it seriously," Bush said after a recent meeting with President Vladimir V. Putin of Russia. "I talked to Vladimir about avian flu; I talked to other world leaders about the potential outbreak of avian flu. If avian flu were to hit this country, do we have the proper response mechanisms? Does the federal government have the authority necessary to make certain decisions?"

The need to improve preparedness planning in the U.S. was underscored last October when the American company that provided half of the country's flu vaccines announced that it could not provide shots because of contamination in its British factory.

Last week, Leavitt held private briefings with key lawmakers on Capitol Hill to present the administration's case for an expanded preparedness program. The response was almost immediate. Several members issued public statements endorsing a broader campaign, and the Senate on Thursday approved a measure calling for $3.9 billion in new funding.

That's about what it would take to finance some of the bigger-ticket items in the pandemic plan, such as the development, acquisition and stockpiling of enough vaccine to inoculate 20 million Americans and enough antiviral drugs to help protect another 20 million, according to estimates by the Trust for America's Health, an independent policy research and advocacy group based in Washington.

"We need more than just a plan; we need the resources to actually activate it," said Jeffrey Levi, a pandemic specialist at the Trust. "The real test of the plan will be whether it comes with dollars attached."

The current draft of the administration's plan fills several hundred pages. It describes the role of the federal government in coordinating the response to a flu pandemic and outlines steps to be taken at all levels of government before and during an outbreak.

In addition to production and stockpiling of vaccines and antivirals, the plan seeks to conduct research, prepare public education campaigns and develop ways for hospitals to handle large numbers of patients.

Health authorities say one of the biggest challenges would be vaccine development.

Scientists cannot create the best possible vaccine until they know which form of the virus they're fighting. That means public health officials must remain vigilant and ready to isolate the virus once one emerges in a form that can spread among humans rapidly.

By then, the first wave of the pandemic probably would have already begun. But officials would still face the work of producing, distributing and administering the vaccine on a widespread basis. The process would take six to eight months, according to the department of Health and Human Services.

Hospital workers and other health professionals would be the first to receive vaccinations, so they could tend to pandemic victims without falling ill themselves. But a rapidly spreading contagion could quickly deplete the initial stores of vaccine, creating national or regional shortages, contributing to public alarm and requiring some kind of rationing program.
Copyright 2005 Los Angeles Times

The Jewish community apparently believes that this year is the year where there will be dramatic changes to society and their Messiah will be revealed. The Jewish year 5766 has just started 2 days ago.

A time of Jewish renewal
BY JOSEPH MALLIA AND PETE BOWLES
STAFF WRITERS; Staff writer Joshua Robin contributed to this story.

October 4, 2005
At the Plainview Synagogue today the shofar, a ceremonial ram's horn, will sound 100 times as celebrants pray for the coming of the Moshiach, or messiah, during the Jewish year 5766, which begins today.

"Rosh Hashanah represents the day Adam was created," Sholom Baras, a member of the Plainview Synagogue, said yesterday just before the sunset that marked the beginning of the celebration commonly called the Jewish new year.
"This is a time to renew the existence of the world. To commit again to God that we are ready to do what is asked of us," Baras said. "We definitely want this year, 5766, to be the year the Moshiach comes."

The shofar is to be sounded 100 times during both days of Rosh Hashanah, today and tomorrow.

Baras expected to spend up to five hours at a time in prayer at the synagogue. There will be plenty of time, too, for holiday meals featuring treats such as apples dipped in honey, and pomegranates whose seeds are symbolic of the many merits within each Jew, he said.

The new year is celebrated in synagogues worldwide.

Rabbi Marc Schneier, of the New York Synagogue in Manhattan and the Hampton Synagogue in Westhampton, said he will be speaking about the aftermath of hurricanes Katrina and Rita.

"Rosh Hashanah celebrates the anniversary of the world's creation," he said. "This year, a year of hurricanes and tsunamis, we have to be more sensitive to our ... misconduct through global warming and environmental neglect. We cannot betray God's trust and God's gift of creation."

Schneier cited examples of how individuals made a difference in rescuing and saving lives and in bringing shelter to surivors of the hurricanes.

"Rosh Hashanah reminds us of the decisive differences we as individuals can make in this world," he said. "We have the power to transform our lives and others as well."

Do you feel something in the air? Is there a certain uneasiness that you sense but can’t put your finger on why you feel this? If you do, it may be because of your knowledge of what is about to transpire or it could be that you just may just be exceptionally intuitive. If you don’t, maybe you’ve been spending too much time watching reality shows and paying too much attention to Brad Pitt and Angelina Jolie. I’m not too worried about offending these types of people since they probably wont be reading this anyways. If you have been paying attention to the real news (BTW:not CNN crap), the stage is being frantically set for a nuclear showdown.

Will Israel Start World War Three?
And finish the set-up the US started by radicalizing and arming Iran in the first place
Paul Joseph Watson/Alex Jones | October 2 2005

Israeli rhetoric towards Iran has considerably heated in the last few weeks as the world hurtles towards an inevitable confrontation over Iran's nuclear programs.
Last week three senior Israeli lawmakers went public to warn that Israel would act unilaterally to eliminate any perceived Iranian threat. Yosef Lapid, head of the centrist opposition Shinui Party in the Knesset stated, "Threats of sanctions and isolation alone will not do it, we feel we are obliged to warn our friends that Israel should not be pushed into a situation where we see no other solution but to act unilaterally."
In 1981, Israel bombed the Osiraq nuclear power plant near Baghdad immediately prior to it being fueled by its French contractors. Once fueled, bombing is out of the question because of the radiation that would be emitted, with clouds of poison drifting anywhere across the globe. This attack was essentially the brainchild of the same Neo-Cons pulling the strings today, who were just getting a foothold during the first year of the Reagan administration. Through their actions and incessant saber-rattling they later became known as 'the crazies' by more moderate policy makers under the first Bush presidency. Even Colin Powell, an establishment underling through and through went one further, calling them "fucking crazies" during the build-up to the 2003 invasion of Iraq.

The Bushehr nuclear reactor is a Russian project and it is set to be fueled very shortly. A senior Iranian atomic energy official said back in late June that the first fuel would arrive in a few months. Any targeted air strikes on the facility would merit an immediate response from the Russians.
Despite reports of increasingly strained relations between Russian and Iran, Vladimir Putin has publicly stated that Russia will defend Iran both diplomatically and militarily. The implications of this are obviously deeply concerning. If the situation was to spiral out of control, China, which has recently conducted several wargames with Russia, would step in on the side of Russian and Iran. The US would be obligated to defend Israel and in turn Europe would be obligated to defend the US.
Estimates of when Iran is likely to have acquired a usable nuclear arsenal range from five to ten years, but the Israelis have been fear mongering by saying it will be as soon as one or two.
Israeli officials have gone on the record to warn that military exercises have already been conducted and fully rehearsed to strike Iran's nuclear facilities as soon as they go live.
Lieut. General Thomas McInerney appeared on Fox News earlier this year and was asked about the likelihood of the US instigating or supporting any attack on Iran. McInerney sated, “Well, I would put one percent of using ground forces, boots on the ground in Iran, I would put up 50 percent on a blockade and I would put up fifty to sixty percent on precision air strikes on their nuclear development sites.”
The history of how Iran's path to nuclear proliferation began is a familiar story.

The 1953 CIA ouster of President Mossadegh, a leader who was conforming to westernized policy but made the mistake of asking to keep a small portion of his country's oil revenue, was achieved by means of staged bombings and shootings which were blamed on the Iranian government in order to antagonize the population and enable the coup.
After installing the Shah Globalists like Henry Kissinger opened the door for Iran to develop sophisticated nuclear energy programs which laid the foundation for today's crisis. Twenty three reactors were built with the help of American corporations like General Electric and Westinghouse.
In 1976, President Gerald Ford even authorized the Shah to buy and operate a plutonium-extracting and processing facility - a big step toward converting energy processing to weapons making.
After the revolution of 1979 the fundamentalist Ayatollah Khomeni reversed westernized policy but maintained Iran's nuclear interest albeit staggeringly before the end of the war with Iraq. After the war ended Iran was again free to pursue its ends leading us to the impending crisis we face today.
It seems almost inevitable now that the Neo-Cons will launch targeted military strikes against Iran's nuclear facilities. Whether Israel goes alone or has US support seems beside the point. There are two dangers which apply to either outcome.
1) Will there, as George Galloway has warned could happen, be a staged terrorist attack either in Israel or the United States that is blamed on Iran?
One would suspect that the scope of this attack would have to be on the level of 9/11 to warrant an immediate military operation against Iran.

American Conservative magazine reported that Dick Cheney had given the authorization for a military strike on Iran immediately after the next terror attack in the United States.
Former CIA officer Philip Giraldi echoed the same sentiments.
2) How will Russia and China react and will this escalation light the blue touch paper for world war three?
Only time will tell.

There will come a time when this matter will be officially addressed. They have been mulling over this for some time now. You know when they do decide to take this step, the collapse of organized, traditional religion is imminent.

Will the New Pope Face the ET Question? Probably, But How Will He Answer?
By Thomas Horn
Senior RNU News Reporter
RNU.com – (Raiders News Update) In 1997, popular radio host Art Bell on his program Coast to Coast asked eminent catholic theologian and former Jesuit priest, Malachi Martin why the Vatican was heavily invested in the study of deep space at Mt Graham Observatory in southeastern Arizona. As a retired professor of the Pontifical Biblical Institute, Father Martin was uniquely qualified to hold in secret, information pertaining to the Vatican's Advanced Technology Telescope (VATT) project at the Mount Graham International Observatory (MGIO). Martin's answer ignited a firestorm of interest among Christian and secular UFOlogists:
Father Martin: "Because the mentality, the attitude, mentality amongst those who [are] at the higher levels, highest levels of Vatican administration and geopolitics, know that, now, knowledge of what's going on in space, and what's approaching us, could be of great import in the next five years, ten years."
The cryptic words "...what's approaching us, could be of great import in the next five years, ten years," was followed in subsequent interviews with discussion of a mysterious "sign in the sky" that Father Malachi believed was approaching from the North. Martin passed away in 1999 but not before allegedly telling his good friend Art Bell "a secret," which some believe relates to the space object and the 5-10 year timeframe. In either case, we stand today at the threshold of Father Malachi's words, and with less than 24 months remaining in his prediction.
Would Earthly Religions Survive ET Disclosure?
If suddenly visitors from beyond our space or understanding landed on the White House lawn, how would the world's political and religious leaders respond? Paul Davies of The Atlantic Monthly wrote in 2003 that the discovery of even a single bacterium somewhere beyond Earth could force mankind to revise its understanding of who we are and where we fit into the cosmic scheme of things. Davies speculated that such a find could throw the human race into a spiritual identity crisis that could leave some gasping for faith in God.
In contrast, the Alexander UFO Religious Crisis Survey of ministers indicated that a majority of people--both religious and non-religious--not only believe in but could accept a genuine ET reality without throwing away God with the bathwater.
Davies hopes this is true. As a cosmologist he sees order in the universe, including the anthropic balances that make life possible elsewhere. This has led to a deep personal interest in the subject of God and ET in which his response to either an ET discovery or visitation would be compatible to his religious ideas. He says the discovery of extraterrestrial life might actually substantiate biblical creation, not challenge it, if mankind is--as the Alexander UFO Religious Crisis Survey suggests--ready for it.
Professor Anthony Tambasco of Georgetown University not only believes the world--including its religious people--is ready for ET, but responding to NASA's recent press releases about life potentially existing on Mars, he said that if the discovery of life is substantiated, "it will not unravel traditional biblical convictions, but rather provide an opportunity to enlarge or broaden them."
In a related CCN article, Sayyid Syeed of the Islamic Society of North America said, "Most Muslims would also welcome the discovery of life off of Earth." The Koran refers to Allah as the God of 'worlds,' he said, not just one world.

Rabbi James Ruden of the American Jewish Committee says most Jews also leave open the possibility of life on other planets in their interpretation of Genesis.
But What If ET Is Already Here, And He's the Devil?
"I have become thoroughly convinced that UFOs are real," popular Christian writer Hal Lindsey once wrote. "I believe these beings are not only extraterrestrial but supernatural in origin. To be blunt, I think they are demons."
Bestselling author and researcher Dr. Lynn Marzulli agrees, depicting alien visitors in his Nephilim books as malevolent forces bent on enslaving the human race.
In Angels Dark and Light, Gary Kinnaman writes that he accepts UFO sightings as the manifestations of angels of darkness. "My main reason for thinking this is that UFO sightings have never, at least to my knowledge, led a person closer to God. In fact, most UFO experiences have just the opposite effect."
Associate professor of psychology Elizabeth L. Hillstrom points out in her book Testing the Spirits that a growing number of scholars support similar conclusions of UFOnauts being synonymous with historical demons. She wrote:
From a Christian perspective, Vallee’s explanation of UFOs is the most striking because of its parallels with demonic activity. UFO investigators have noticed these similarities. Vallee himself, drawing from extrabiblical literature on demonic activities, establishes a number of parallels between UFOnauts and demons....Pierre Guerin, a UFO researcher and a scientist associated with the French National Council for Scientific Research, is not so cautious: "The modern UFOnauts and the demons of past days are probably identical." Veteran researcher John Keel, who wrote UFOs: Operation Trojan Horse and other books on the subject, comes to the same conclusion: "The UFO manifestations seem to be, by and large, merely minor variations of the age-old demonological phenomenon."
Other experts including some Christian theologians caution against connecting ET with demonology or similar preliminary conclusions.
To Boldly Go Where Someone Already Is?
Regardless of the position one takes, contact with extraterrestrial life forms has never been closer and the reality of sudden disclosure has entered the mainstream of theological and scientific academia like a battering ram.
In the past five years ESA and NASA scientists have confirmed there were once huge bodies of water on Mars where life could have evolved, and that there might still be water underground and in deep caves where life forms continue to thrive. Elsewhere, astronomers are finding more and more extrasolar planets where the potential for harboring life could exist.
When I asked a friend with top security clearance--whose name and position with the government I won't mention for obvious reasons--what he thought about all of this, here is what he gave me:
Tom, two landers touched down on the planet Mars in what was to become an international search for life. The British Beagle 2 reached the red planet on the day the Savior’s birth was celebrated, December 25th, 2003 and immediately disappeared. European scientists examining images of the lander’s separation from the mothership were startled to find an unidentified object nearby. Shortly after, NASA’s Spirit Rover rolled onto the Gusev Crater, a lake-like depression south of the Martian equator, and began transmitting unexpected images and data from that anomalous terrain. Within days and without explanation, it abruptly stopped. Engineers from the Jet Propulsion Laboratory worked on the problem, and the rover was rebooted. But--and here is what you don't know yet--it then photographed something that defied explanation… something that wasn’t supposed to be seen... something you'll know about soon enough.
I wondered if this was a reference to what look like artificial structures on Mars, such as these.
I understand now it's much more substantial.
Will the new Pope face the ET Question?
The chances look better than ever.

Here we go again. More warnings as winter approaches. The Jewish year 5766 has just started today as of 10/3/05 sundown. The high level Zionists have long predicted that the year 5766 would be a significant year for the redemption of Israel which would be preceded by disasters and disease. Is this the year? Is this a part of the series of disasters?

Bird flu 'could kill 150m people'
A flu pandemic could happen at any time and kill between 5-150 million people, a UN health official has warned.
David Nabarro, who is charged with co-ordinating responses to bird flu, said a mutation of the virus affecting Asia could trigger new outbreaks.
"It's like a combination of global warming and HIV/Aids 10 times faster than it's running at the moment," Dr Nabarro told the BBC.
But the World Health Organisation has distanced itself from the figure.
The WHO spokesman on influenza, Dick Thompson, told a news conference in Geneva that the WHO's official estimate of the number of people who could die was between two million and 7.4 million.
"There is obvious confusion, and I think that has to be straightened out. I don't think you will hear Dr Nabarro say the same sort of thing again," Mr Thompson said.
Bird flu has swept through poultry and wild birds in Asia since 2003.
It has killed huge numbers of birds and led to more than 60 human deaths.
Prepared for worst
"The range of deaths could be anything between 5m and 150m," the UN's new co-ordinator for avian and human influenza said in his BBC interview.
Dr Nabarro said he stood by the figure drawn from the work of epidemiologists around the world.
"My reason for giving the higher figure is simply that I want to be sure that when this next flu pandemic does come along, that we are prepared for the worst as well as for the mildest," he said.
In an earlier interview with the BBC, he said the likelihood that the Asian virus could mutate and jump to humans was high.
"The consequences in terms of human life when the pandemic does start are going to be extraordinary and very damaging," he said.
Because it has moved to wild migratory birds there is a possibility "that the first outbreak could happen even in Africa or in the Middle East", he warned.
The comments came as agriculture ministers from the Association of South East Asian Nations (Asean) endorsed a three-year plan to combat the spread of the virus, and pledged $2m to fund research and training.
Dr Nabarro said the number of deaths from any future influenza pandemic would depend on where it started, how quickly it was discovered and the kind of response they got from governments.
"I believe that the work we're doing over the next few months will make the difference between, for example, whether the next pandemic leads us in the direction of 150 or in the direction of five."
The appointment of Dr Nabarro is an indication of how seriously the UN is taking the threat, the BBC's UN correspondent Suzannah Price says.
In his new role, he is meant to ensure the UN has a co-ordinated response to bird flu and that it helps global efforts to prepare for any human flu pandemic, our correspondent says.
BBC News

9/26/05 - 10/2/05

2005-09-26T14:05:00.000-07:00

They sure are gearing up and preparing for the global court. Close to exactly one year ago, the Sanhedrin was established for the first time in 1600 years. The next step has been taken this week.

Sanhedrin Moves to Establish Council For Noahides
01:39 Sep 29, '05 / 25 Elul 5765
By Ezra HaLevi
A council of non-Jewish observers of the Seven Laws of Noah has been selected and will be ordained by the reestablished Sanhedrin in Jerusalem this January.
B'nai Noach, literally "Children of Noah," known as Noahides, are non-Jews who take upon themselves the Torah's obligations for non-Jews - consisting of seven laws passed on from Noah following the flood, as documented in Genesis (see below).

Until now, Noahide communities and organization had been scattered around the globe, with a particular concentration centered around the southern United States. The communities themselves are a relatively recent phenomenon bolstered by the fact that the Internet has allowed individuals sharing Noahide beliefs to get in touch with one another.

The court of 71 rabbis, known as the Sanhedrin, which was reestablished last October in Tiberius following the reinstitution of rabbinic semikha, decided, after numerous requests from the Noahide community, to assist the movement in forming a leadership council.

Rabbi Michael Bar-Ron, with the Sanhedrin's blessing, travelled to the United States to meet with representatives of the Noahide movement and select members for the High Council. Bar-Ron, an ordained student, talmid samukh, who currently sits on the Sanhedrin, is also one of the Sanhedrin's spokesmen.

Bar-Ron organized a small conference in California where six of the council's future members were selected and also addressed the annual convention of the Vendyl Jones Research Institute - one of the Noahide organizations represented on the council. At the VJRI convention, Bar-Ron met five more of the Noahide leaders who will be joining the council.

The purpose of the council, which was the brainchild of Rabbi Avraham Toledano, is to assist the B'nei Noach in their struggle to observe the word of G-d. "The goal is to unify, serve and organize all kosher B'nei Noach communities of the world under a single body that can operate under the direct authority and supervision of the Sanhedrin," the decision to establish the body reads. "To form a vessel through which the Torah, from Zion (via the Sanhedrin) can effectively serve non-Jewish communities around the world."

A third goal of the creation of the High Council and the Sanhedrin's efforts in regard to the Noahide community, is to "transform the Noahide movement from a religious phenomenon - a curiosity many have not heard of - into a powerful international movement that can successfully compete with, and with G-d's help bring about the fall of, any religious movement but the pure authentic faith that was given to humanity through Noach, the father of us all," said emissary Bar-Ron.

I believe that Hurricane Katrina was the first phase of the instigation of a black/white race war in the U.S. Things are being done and said that enrage the African American citizens of this country. All it takes is a quote like this to be repeated over and over in the media, Jesse Jackson to make some strong comments regarding it, next thing you know you have civil unrest that can boil over into a race war that can be worse than what we saw during the LA riots and the OJ Simpson trial.

Bill Bennett: "[Y]ou could abort every black baby in this country, and your crime rate would go down"
Posted Sep 29, 2005 09:06 AM PST
Category: MAINSTREAM MEDIA
You could quit taxing the people into poverty and the crime rate would go down.
You could bring back decent paying jobs and the crime rate would go down.
You could stop criminalizing harmless personal behavior and the crime rate would go down.
You could hang all the liars in government and the media and the crime rate would go down.

Ever since New Orleans I have seen what appears to be a concerted effort to fan racial tensions in this country. At first I thought it was merely to cast the Victims of the hurricanes as unsympathetic, in order to deflect anger from Bush for slashing flood control funding to pay for his illegal war in Iraq. But as Bennett's idiocy proves, that campaign to fan the flames of race hate is still continuing, and I think i know why.
Right now George Bush knows that the country is starting to hate him and the government that backed his lies. Bush is trying to figure out a way to declare martial law. Race riots in multiple cities would provide such an excuse, and even better, the Neocons would feel safer if they can trick the American people into fighting each other, instead of uniting to fight a corrupt and illegal government that continues to lie us all into wars.
So, you think about this as you see more and more media efforts to pit one race against the other. It's just another government scam against We The People. If we are fighting each other, we cannot fight the tyrant, and the tyrant knows this. If you pick up a rock or a stick and aim it at your fellow American, you are doing EXACTLY what George Bush and his Neocon perpetual-war-for-Israel thugs want you to do.

This movement is all about promoting the whole DaVinci Code theory of the long kept secret of Jesus. The premise that Jesus fathered a child with Mary Magdalene and the offspring of that bloodline having the right to rule the world in the future is a lie. The bloodline is there, however it is not from Jesus. It is from the Satanic bloodline. How many people will be fooled when they decide to reveal this long kept secret?

Rosicrucian Order Begins Unprecedented Membership Campaign

The Rosicrucian Order, an organization surrounded in mystery since ancient times, is launching a unique membership campaign, marking a rare foray into the public eye for an organization that has been shrouded in secrecy for over 6,000 years.
"We're seeking individuals that are seeking answers," said Julie Scott, Grand Master of the Order. "Now, as in the time of the publication of the first manifestos in the early 17th century, the individuals are seeking, and creating, a spiritual renaissance." Those who join the Order embark on a system of study based on hermetic principles, that reveals the underlying principles of the universe and a method to further develop their human potential. Throughout history, the Rosicrucians have attracted the interest of some of the world's most influential figures, including Leonardo da Vinci, Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Jefferson, Sir Francis Bacon, and Helena Blavatsky.
The campaign, scheduled to begin in mid-September, targets four major metropolitan markets: New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, and the San Francisco Bay Area. Promotional salons will occur in New York City, Chicago, and San Jose, California, home of the world-renowned Rosicrucian Egyptian Museum. These salons are workshops that explore Rosicrucian topics, such as Intuition, The Journey Into Self, and The Wisdom of the Ancient Mystery Schools.
In keeping with the Rosicrucian style, the recruitment campaign contains elements of mystery and intrigue. On-screen advertising, postcards and direct mail pose the question, "What's the Secret?" then leads readers to http://www.thesecret.org, a web site to inform and recruit potential members. Seekers must then enter a special password, or take a challenge quiz to enter the site.
The Rosicrucian Order, or A.M.O.R.C. (Ancient and Mystical Order of Rosae Crucis) views itself as a continuation of the Mystery Schools of Ancient Egypt. For centuries, the Rosicrucian Order, under the seal of extreme secrecy, perpetuated teachings transmitted through the ages by initiates. In more modern times, the Order conducts its activities in a discreet way, the sole purpose being to transmit knowledge of the mysteries to those who diligently seek it.
The Rosicrucian Order, A.M.O.R.C., is a nonprofit, educational charitable organization, which is classified by the United States Internal Revenue Service under section 501(c)(3). Its activities and services are supported by dues and donations received from Rosicrucian students. After expenses are covered, all additional funds go back into the organization to further benefit its students, allowing the Order to expand its services, develop new programs and other projects that will help it accomplish its humanitarian goals.
SOURCE Rosicrucian Order

The mainstream news media has minimized the damage done to the oil refineries because of Rita. This report tells of a different scenario. We’ll see how much oil prices rise in the next few weeks to see what really did happen over there in the gulf.

Rita causes record damage to oil rigs
By Carola Hoyos in London, Sheila McNulty in Houston and Thomas Catan in Johannesburg
Published: September 27 2005 20:14 | Last updated: September 27 2005 20:14

Hurricane Rita has caused more damage to oil rigs than any other storm in history and will force companies to delay drilling for oil in the US and as far away as the Middle East, initial damage assessments show.
ODS-Petrodata, which provides market intelligence to the offshore oil and natural gas industry, said it expected a shortage of rigs in the US Gulf this year.
“Based on what we have right now, it appears that drilling contractors and rig owners took a big hit from Rita,” said Tom Marsh of ODS-Petrodata. “The path Katrina took was through the mature areas of the US Gulf where there are mainly oil [production] platforms. Rita came to the west where there is a lot of [exploratory] rig activity.”
Ken Sill of Credit Suisse First Boston said: “Early reports indicate numerous rigs are missing, destroyed or have suffered serious damage and several companies have yet to report. Rita may set an all-time record.”
The US Coast Guard said nine semisubmersible rigs had broken free from their moorings and were adrift.
This damage could not have come at a worse time for oil companies and consumers. US crude futures on Monday fell 37 cents to $65.45 a barrel in midday trading in New York as refineries that were evacuated before the onset of Rita returned to operation.
Earlier in the day, Ali Naimi, Saudi Arabia's oil minister, said the market had not taken up the 2m barrels a day of spare capacity the Organisation of the Petroleum Exporting Countries offered last week. Speaking in Johannesburg, he blamed high oil prices on a lack of industry infrastructure, including rigs and refineries, rather than oil reserves. Rigs, which are movable and are used for exploration and development, were in short supply before hurricanes Katrina and Rita blew through the US Gulf in late August and September.
High oil prices and the desperate search for new oil supplies needed to meet rampant demand from the US and China have made rigs difficult to find and expensive to hire. Rigs cost $90m-$550m to construct, depending on how sophisticated the structure and how deep the water in which it will drill. A rig ordered today is unlikely to be ready before 2008 or 2009, analysts said.
As a sign of just how precious rigs are becoming to the market, Anadarko, the biggest US independent oil company, this week set a record by committing to a rig six years in advance; commitments in the past were made months ahead of time rather than years.
Initial reports from companies are ominous. Global Santa Fe reported it could not find two of its rigs. Rowan Companies reported four rigs damaged, with two having moved, one losing its “legs” and the fourth presumed sunk. Noble has four rigs adrift, with two run aground one into a ChevronTexaco platform.

Since when did supposed natural disasters give the government permission to take away the rights of the citizens? Why are the survivors of Katrina being treated like war criminals in FEMA camps? It doesn’t make sense. It does make perfect sense to the global elite though. Is nationwide martial law ready to go into affect after the next big hurricane/earthquake/tornado/terrorist attack/whatever?

Special Report:Katrina/Rita Fallout Part Two
Martial Law: The Pretext Is Now Set
Steve Watson / Infowars | Sept 28 2005

In the Aftermath of Hurricanes Katrina and Rita it has become obvious that not only will another terror attack on US soil provide the pretext for a police state crackdown, so will a natural disaster.
I'm not going to once again go over in depth the police state showcase that was New Orleans in the days after Katrina, but let us recap a few key points:
FEMA has been deliberately sabotaging relief efforts in New Orleans, making things worse than need be.
FEMA, its officials and the people it employs have a long history of incompetence, corruption, fraud and criminality.
The Federal Government has illegally initiated total gun confiscation of law abiding citizens and forcibly removed them from their property in New Orleans. Federal forces have led criminal gangs of police in an America-killing gun grab.
Along with forced gun grabs and evacuation, we have further exposed the intricacies of the operative federalized Police State, with the presence of foreign troops, SWAT teams, privately employed security mercenaries, the treatment of citizens as "insurgents" and evacuees as "internees" and the euthanization and inoculation of survivors.
The bottom line on Katrina is that whether you believe it was all incompetence or part incompetence and part malevolence, the lasting pretext is the same.
When a disaster takes place, you have no rights and the federal government can arrest you if you don’t follow their every order.
FEMA is clearly using this human catastrophe as a means of executing its decade long plans and providing the pretext for future takeover scenarios of all major American cities.

More news of potential official disclosure of the alien influence and government cover up. This isn’t the BIG announcement but it surely seems like it is a step closer. I wonder if an announcement will come before the big sky show or if the big sky show will be the actual announcement?

They're coming. Are we ready?
This weekend, Toronto will host some of the UFO community's more level-headed types, writes ANTHONY REINHART. They believe alien visitors are on the way, and we should be prepared to make contact
By ANTHONY REINHART
On a warm September evening in 1975, while sipping pre-dinner drinks outside with his family, Mike Bird found his truth right here -- not "out there," as they would say later on the X-Files. From his perch on Close Avenue in south Parkdale, Mr. Bird turned his 24-year-old eyes to "a bright, fuzzy ball, just sitting there, shimmering" over Lake Ontario.
"I watched it for two hours," says Mr. Bird, now 54, recalling how he fetched his telescope and trained it southward. "My wife looked at it, my parents looked at it. Before long, I was firmly convinced that we were dealing with something real."
Tomorrow, at the University of Toronto's Convocation Hall, Mr. Bird will join hundreds of fellow earthlings who, he hopes, will be similarly convinced -- not only that UFOs exist, but that governments know far more about extraterrestrial visitors than they're letting on.
"It's not about selling T-shirts," he says of the event. "It's about putting up the best speakers who can represent the position that we are not alone."
The day-long symposium, dubbed Exopolitics Toronto, is an effort by the UFO community's more moderate and serious adherents to prod officialdom into opening its own X-files so that citizens of Earth can plan for the day aliens make contact.
Their beef about secrecy is an old one, easily dismissed by skeptics inured to supermarket tabloids, sci-fi blockbusters and out-there conspiracy theories. The trouble, Mr. Bird and his colleagues say, is that credible data get overlooked in the process.
To them, official disclosure would not only help to silence the skeptics, but also the wackier elements of the UFO community, who only make the issue easier for the rest of us to laugh off and for governments to avoid.
"I stopped reading science fiction once I saw that the UFO was real," says Mr. Bird, the regional head of Mutual UFO Network (MUFON), a small but committed international band of volunteer investigators, founded in the United States in the 1960s. "It became science fact that just hasn't been proven yet."
Soon after his Close Avenue encounter 30 years ago, Mr. Bird heard a radio ad for a night course on UFOs at Castle Frank High School, taught by Henry McKay, founder of MUFON Canada. He signed up, and a year later, he and Mr. McKay rounded up a dozen others, rented a small bus and headed to a MUFON conference in Michigan.
There, they heard J. Allen Hynek, the astrophysicist who set out to debunk UFO claims for the U.S. Air Force in the 1950s -- only to find that he couldn't. Dr. Hynek, who coined the term "close encounters of the third kind" before Steven Spielberg made it famous, was among the first scientists to lend credibility to UFO study.
Mr. Bird, a computer programmer and recreational hockey player, cannot claim similar credentials. He does, however, claim an abundance of curiosity, fuelled by that first sighting in 1975, and three more since then in the Toronto area.
In the early days, Mr. Bird would sit on the roof of his father's cottage and scan the night sky, but he saw nothing but stars and satellites. Subsequent sightings came during field investigations for MUFON, which he sometimes conducts with other members, but not his wife. ("She's not enamoured by it," he admits, "but she doesn't think I'm a nut.")
The last one happened three years ago just west of the city.
"I was standing in a crop formation north of Milton," Mr. Bird says. "I look up and I see this super-bright light up to the north and west of me."
He watched the big light overtake a smaller one, from a plane, and head east toward Pearson airport.
Thoughts that it might have been an unusually bright jetliner disappeared weeks later when he found a similar report on the Seattle-based National UFO Reporting Center's website. It described a sighting near Kingston, several hundred kilometres to the east, from the same night.
"To me, that's a match," Mr. Bird says, "but I don't need a match. I need to get down to the hard work of making this mean something."
That can be a lonely job in Canada, much less Toronto. MUFON counts just 50 members coast to coast, while similar local groups have come and gone.
Mr. Bird hosts occasional meetings at an Etobicoke library, which typically attract about 20 of the curious -- though few are curious enough to join MUFON. All volunteer investigators must first pass a test on the contents of a 311-page field manual, which sets out strict procedures for evidence-gathering.
As for tomorrow's conference, advance ticket sales were slow this week, but Mr. Bird, hoping for a crowd of at least 1,500, is banking on a lot of walk-in traffic.
"We think we're bringing forth the best people on the planet," he says of the five speakers on the bill. Most anticipated, perhaps, is the latest addition to that list: Paul Hellyer, a former defence minister in Lester Pearson's Liberal government, who believes that UFOs exist, and that officials have been too quiet about it.
Also on the list are American author and historian Richard Dolan; Italian journalist/researcher Paola Harris; researcher Stanton Friedman of New Brunswick; and Stephen Bassett, Washington's only registered UFO research lobbyist and a frequent speaker on "exopolitics" -- the policies humans might employ in the event of contact with extraterrestrial beings.
Like many in the movement, Mr. Bird puts great stock in the hundreds of plausible, if unproven, accounts that MUFON has collected in firsthand interviews, often from sources who are easy to trust: astronauts, military and commercial pilots, police officers.
"If a pilot says a UFO hovered off the bow of his plane, it either happened or it didn't," Mr. Bird says. "It's either yes or no, and if we're not alone, our planet needs to know that so that we know what to do tomorrow."
© Copyright 2005 Bell Globemedia Publishing Inc. All Rights Reserved

Ever since 9-11 there have been much speculation that New York would be targeted again. I have been thinking that the destruction of New Orleans by hurricane Katrina had a symbolic element to it. New Orleans is the birthplace of American music, literature, culture, arts. Would it be fitting for the illuminati to take out this city first as a symbol of the first phase of the destruction of this country? If that is the case what city would be symbolic of American prosperity and financial strength? Could that be next? What would happen to this country then? Listen to the lyrics of “American Pie” by Don McLean again. Does it sound like an observation narrative of post-America? “Drove my Chevy to the levy and the levy was dry”…Another words, drive your car to the gas station and the pumps are dry. The day the music died….

Experts warn New York: you could be next
By Geoffrey Lean, Environment Editor
Experts are predicting still more hurricanes, in what could be the worst year for the storms since records began. The US government's official National Hurricane Center and scientists at Colorado State University, who predicted both Katrina and Rita, expect several more named storms in the remaining two months of the hurricane season. And the World Meteorological Organisation believes that the record of 21, set in 1933, may be beaten.
Some of these storms could hit the US, and experts say New York could be the next city to be devastated. The area around the Big Apple is listed by the Center as the fifth most vulnerable in the country, after New Orleans, the Florida Keys, Tampa in Florida and Galveston in Texas, all targeted by hurricanes in the past two years.
Max Mayfield, director of the Center, told Congress that Katrina "will not be the last major hurricane to hit a vulnerable area, and New Orleans is not the only location vulnerable to a large disaster from a land-falling hurricane".
Local experts say that such a catastrophe is "inevitable", and the New York City authorities warn that it could bring a 30ft-high storm surge crashing into Manhattan.
The city says at least a million New Yorkers are at risk, and has drawn up plans to evacuate those within 10 blocks of the water. But the city could have less warning than Texas or Louisiana, since hurricanes move faster as they head northwards.
© 2005 Independent News & Media (UK) Ltd.

We may have entered into a new era of “super disasters”. It was foretold in the scriptures. If we have entered into that era, we haven’t seen anything yet. Remember, “natural” events” can be manipulated by scalar technology. We can only guess as to which ones are manipulated. One good way to determine is to see what results from the aftermath of a disaster. Does it lead to more control and power for the global elite? Does it benefit their agenda in significant ways? Who are the primary victims? Are they the “useless eaters” according to their view? You make the call.

September 23, 2005
North American Plate Begins ‘Cracking’ as Super Storm Nears US, Earthquakes Begin in California, Tennessee, Ontario, Australia and Caribbean Sea as Massive Static Discharge Reported In Florida, US President Heads to Military Bunker

By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Russian Subscribers

Russian Scientists are reporting today that the evidence is growing that the internal stresses upon the North American Plate are causing a massive ‘cracking’ event, and which is increasing leading them to believe a catastrophic event is soon to occur, and as we have previously reported on many times, including our August 29th report titled ‘Unprecedented’ Super Storm Threatens American Economy as American President Declares Martial Law, Pressure on New Madrid Fault Zone Reaches ‘Unseen’ Levels" and wherein we had stated:
“But perhaps most ominous of all of these events has been the American Scientists recent confirming Russian research that details the effects of weather upon fault zones like New Madrid, and as we can read as reported by the New Scientist News Service in their report titled "Earth trembles as big winds move in" and which says;
"HURRICANES can trigger swarms of weak earthquakes and even set the Earth vibrating, according to the first study of such effects.When Hurricane Charley slammed into Florida in August 2004, physicist Randall Peters of Mercer University in Macon, Georgia, had a seismometer ready to monitor any vibrations in the Earth's crust. He did so for over 36 hours as Charley travelled briefly over Florida, then slid back out into the Atlantic.
As the hurricane reached land, the seismometer recorded a series of "micro-tremors" from the Earth's crust. This happened again as the storm moved back out to sea. Then, as Charley grazed the continental shelf on its way out, it caused a sharp seismic spike. "I suspect the storm triggered a subterranean landslide," says Peters.
More surprisingly, the storm also caused the Earth to vibrate. The planet's surface in the vicinity of the hurricane started moving up and down at several frequencies ranging from 0.9 to 3 millihertz. Such low-frequency vibrations have been detected following large earthquakes, but this is the first time a storm has been found to be the cause."
As a new Super Storm approaches the United States the number of earthquakes in this region are likewise occurring, with events occurring in California, where an earthquake swarm has occurred with the largest being a 4.9 Magnitude Event, Ontario, Canada, which has likewise been experiencing an earthquake swarm, with the largest being a 5.2 Magnitude Event, the Caribbean Sea, which has experienced 5.8 Magnitude Event, and in Australia which is also experiencing an earthquake swarm, the largest being a 4.0 Magnitude Event.
But the greatest concerns of Russian scientists today remain for the United States New Madrid Fault Zone, and where thousands of micro quakes are continuing in their Tennessee Region leading to concerns that a massive lava flow is working its way towards the surface, and as we had previously reported upon in our September 15th report titled "United States Orders Military Redeployments Within Their Borders as Massive Volcanic Activity Detected In Their Pacific Coast and New Madrid Fault Zone Regions" and wherein we had stated:
“One of the greatest concerns voiced by Russian Scientists is over the Australian Continent earthquakes of this past week and whose antipodal counterpart is the southern edge of the North American Plate where it meets the Caribbean Plate, and has in turn begun the movement of lava in both the New Madrid and Northwestern Regions of North America.
In the New Madrid Region this is evidenced by the seismograph readings of this area showing an increasing number of what are called Long Period Events, and are described by the American Government Scientist, Dr. Bernard Chouet, that discovered them as being, "The concept of long-period events was originally used by people at the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory to describe an event that has characteristics distinct from a so-called tectonic earthquake. If you’re looking at a seismogram of a tectonic earthquake, its spectrum is very broad. In contrast, a long-period event has a very, very sharp spectrum, what we call a resonant spectrum. If you compare seismic traces, it’s immediately apparent that the long-period event looks like a ringing bell and the other looks like a mess of all different frequencies piled up on each other. That very, very narrow spectrum is the telltale sign of a resonator. Think of a bell sound. An organ pipe. They’re all different types of resonators in nature."
So unbalanced has the earths electromagnetic field become also in the North American Region that reports have reached us showing evidence that once again the earth has emitted a massive electrical discharge, and as we can read as reported by the Orlando Sentinel News Service in their article titled "Expert: 'Huge flaming ball' might have been an asteroid" and which says, "A mysterious ball of fire that soared through the sky about sunset two nights ago most likely was a fragment of an asteroid, a NASA scientist said Wednesday."
But not to an ‘asteroid’, or other space object, was the causing of this phenomena, but rather this was but another in the increases instances of our earth emitting such electrical discharges, and as we had previously reported on in our August 22nd report titled “Massive ‘Static Discharge’ From Earth Immediately Effects Sun, Ocean Life in Peril as Scientist Warn We’re On Cusp of Extinction Level Event" and wherein we had stated:
“Russian Scientists are reporting today that a massive ‘static discharge’ event has taken place and was so powerful that it crashed the entire electrical grid of Indonesia leaving over 100 million people without power, and as we can read as reported by the Asia News Service in their article titled "Indonesia: blackout leaves 120 million people without light" and which says, "In Indonesia 120 million people were left without electricity yesterday because of suspected technical problems at power stations. President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono ordered police and secret services to investigate the energy outage which left nearly half the population in the dark and created serious inconveniences, especially for transport and hospital services."
According to these scientists this sun directed ‘static discharge’ caused an immediate reaction upon the suns surface, and as evidenced by the reporting of the Space Weather News Service and which says, "Sunspot 798 reminds us why astronauts can never breath easy far from the safety of their habitat or spaceship: The sun can change from quiet to active in a surprisingly short time. On August 18th, sunspot 798 didn't exist. Then, in less than 24 hours, it materialized and grew into a planet-sized behemoth."
This most troubling of events has no modern counterpart so in fully understanding its implications Russian Scientists say a new paradigm must explored, and as some Western researchers are beginning to do, and as evidenced by one such American research site, Tunderbolts.Info, in their article titled "The Electric Earth" and which says, "The Earth is an electrified body, moving in a plasma. We who stand on its surface are seldom aware of its electrical properties. That's because we live in balance with the Earth's electric field. Similarly, a bird on an electric wire has no idea that high-energy currents of electricity are flowing beneath her feet. But she might notice the hums and crackles that are side effects of that current.
Like the high-tension wire, our Earth produces hums and crackles as it responds to surges of power in the electric currents of space. Perhaps the most obvious sparks are the auroras, as seen in the above picture taken from the International Space Station in April 2003. The complex patterns of electric currents and magnetic fields surrounding the Earth are how the Earth's electric charge adjusts to the Sun's electric field. These electrical phenomena were a complete surprise, discovered by satellites launched by astronomers who expected to find the Earth isolated from the rest of the universe by featureless vacuum. Instead, they found the near-Earth environs alive with energetic activity.
Other electrical sparks that the Earth produces go unnoticed because we have lived with them so long that we think we know what causes them. Many meteorological phenomena are electrically driven. We've always thought of lightning as electrical, and now we're beginning to realize that we can think of tornadoes and hurricanes as electrical phenomena, too. But less spectacular weather conditions like dust devils and waterspouts are also electrically driven, as are larger weather patterns, the jet streams and El Niño.
Earthquakes can be induced by pumping electricity into the Earth, and natural quakes are often accompanied by or preceded by electrical glows called earthquake lights and radio frequency static. Volcanoes are often accompanied by copious amounts of lightning. No one died from the lava flows or cinder bombs during the decade- long eruptions of Paricutin in Mexico, but three people were killed by its lightning. All of the Earth sciences could profit from asking the question: How do the discoveries of Earth's unexpected electrical environment affect our discipline? How many concepts have been overlooked because until a few decades ago no one suspected that Earth is an electrified body moving through a plasma?"
Though mainstream Western Scientists dismiss all theories associated with Electric Earth Models, the recent success of the Electrical Model was bolstered by the American Space Agency NASA’s recent impacting of a comet, and to which the astonishing effects of this impact were predicted by Electrical Model Theorists, and as we can see as reported by the Wired News Service in their article titled “They Sing the Comet Electric" and which says;
"Dissident scientists advocating a controversial theory of the universe are having a field day in the wake of NASA's Deep Impact comet collision earlier this month. Scientists promoting the Electric Universe model say their predictions for the comet mission appear to have been more accurate than NASA's. The Electric Universe theorists, collected at Thunderbolts.info, believe that electricity, when factored properly into astrophysics, plays a greater role in the cosmos than the standard gravitational model, which says electrical forces are insignificant on a cosmic scale. Proponents of the Electric Universe model say they can explain many of the bizarre phenomena and mysteries in cosmology, from a swath of anomalies seen in the solar system to unusual surface features on Mars and Jupiter's moon, Titan. The theory can also sweep away the need for theoretical "dark matter" and "dark energy."
To the first of these phenomenal events occurring we had also reported on in our July 10th report titled "Earth Emits Massive Cosmic Blast in First Recorded Event of Its Kind as Scientists Warn Of ‘Catastrophic’ Earth Changes" and wherein we had stated:
“Russian Scientists are reporting today that a 5.5 Magnitude Event Earthquake that occurred in the Northwestern Balkan Peninsula was caused by a strange, and previously unheard of, Cosmic Blast discharged from our Earths atmosphere towards an as of yet undetermined ‘object’ in space. This new phenomena had as its ‘trigger’ a similar Cosmic Blast from our sun that interacted with the Earths Electromagnetic Field from a Coronal Mass Ejection at 0300 UT this date.
Russian Scientists state that this unique event is sure to re-energize the International debate as to what is exactly at the core of our Earth, and as we can read as reported by the United Press International News Service in their article titled "Evidence boosts core nuke theory" and which says, "New government laboratory test results are fueling a controversial contention that a giant natural nuclear reactor at the center of the Earth powers the planet's life-protecting magnetic field -- but it might be running out of gas, scientists told United Press International.
Geophysicist J. Marvin Herndon sees the findings, reported in the prestigious journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, as irrefutable support for his convention-defying view of Earth containing a gigantic natural nuclear power plant. His bold theory sets a 5-mile-wide broiling wad of uranium deep within Earth's bowels, churning out heat that ignites sleeping volcanoes and drifting continental plates and creating a shield that protects all life from the deadly ravages of the sun's radiation.
In contrast, the traditional view, favored by most geoscientists for the past 60 years, paints the inner core as a 300-times-larger ball of partially crystallized iron and nickel that gradually cools and expands as it oozes heat into a fluid core. The computer simulations, conducted at the Oak Ridge National Laboratory in Oak Ridge, Tenn., provide the strongest evidence yet that a core geo-reactor has been at work for some 4.5 billion years, the widely accepted age of Earth -- and that an end to its lifetime might be approaching, Herndon contends. "The Earth's nuclear furnace could die in as little as 100 years or as long as 1 billion years -- the uncertainty is great," said Herndon, president of Transdyne Corp. of San Diego."
Today we also continue to find that the American people themselves are not able to understand the true catastrophic totality of the events occurring in our world as with their Darwinian mindsets they do not view the events occurring to them as being part of the much larger series of events occurring not only to our world itself, but indeed to our entire solar system.
But this Darwinian mindset does not affect the Military Leaders of the United States, who in the knowing of the true catastrophic nature of the events currently unfolding around the world are themselves preparing to evacuate to their large underground Military cities, and as we can read as reported by the Colorado Springs Gazette News Service in their article titled "President coming to NorthCom for storm" and which says, "President Bush, harshly criticized for the sluggish federal response to Hurricane Katrina last month, will be at Northern Command in Colorado Springs to monitor Hurricane Rita as it bears down on the Texas coast. It will be Bush’s first look at Northern Command since it was created in October 2002 in response to the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks."
Today, yet again, millions of Americans are fleeing their homes, not even realizing that they are joining the largest mass exodus of human beings in recorded history, as they represent just another part of the hundreds of millions who have been displaced, and the hundreds of thousands who have perished, from North America, India, Japan, Korea, Europe, China, Africa….in fact all the continents of the globe.
But in their reading, or even in those rare times their being allowed to view the images of massive human evacuations, these most strangest of people still fail to understand, still fail to comprehend, that the spectacle they are living today has been, is now, and will continue to be the new ‘normal’ of the world we all inhabit.
© September 23, 2005, EU and US all rights reserved.

9/19/05 - 9/25/05

2005-09-21T12:41:00.000-07:00

Has anyone noticed that the U.S. has been weakening and China has been strengthening during the past several years? We need to wake up, this is no longer the 20th century folks. The sleeping giant is a threat to the U.S. ability to dominate the world political stage. The transition has started many years ago, people will realize this when it is too late.

China Preparing For War And Few Notice
By Chuck Baldwin
9-22-5
Ever since President Richard Nixon entered into détente with the communist regime in China, America has doggedly assisted in the commercial and military buildup of the Marxist nation. Both Republican and Democratic administrations have mollycoddled the Red Chinese to the point that now they have grown big enough to cause serious concern.

Both Bill Clinton and G.W. Bush have facilitated the transfers of billions of dollars of commercial assistance to Red China, not to mention vast amounts of technology which China has used to further its military machine. Each president refuses to identify China as an adversary, choosing rather to call it a "trading partner." However, China has not been hesitant to use this assistance to construct a formidable military apparatus. At the same time, the U.S. seems determined to reduce our military, especially our navy, to dangerously low levels.

For example, since Ronald Reagan left office, the United States has reduced its navy from a fleet of 600 ships and submarines to 288 and shrinking. To give the reader an idea of just how small our navy has become, our current navy fleet is equal in size to that when William Howard Taft was in office!

Beyond that, our carrier fleet is on its way to the elephant graveyard. Three of the five in service were built before 1975. Consider, too, that the number of fighter aircraft has dropped to fewer than 3,500 and is expected to fall to under 2,000. However, while the United States continues to mothball its military, Communist China is (with America's help) building its military like there is no tomorrow.

The Washington Times recently reported that "China soon will receive a new Kilo submarine from Russia, part of a naval buildup of modern warships and submarines that has triggered new fears for U.S. military planners.

"It is the first of eight advanced Kilos that China is acquiring, and intelligence officials say the submarine will be outfitted with advanced SS-N-27 cruise missiles, which are capable of attacking U.S. warships. Since 2002, China has built 14 submarines."

The Times report quoted one intelligence official as saying, "China's surface-to-air missile forces also are increasing, including new short- and long-range missiles, along with a new warhead that can maneuver to avoid missile defenses.

"If you take a step back and look at the entire array of Chinese weapons, the Kilos, the Songs, the Yuans, the ballistic missiles, this [maneuverable warhead] capability, more surface ships with anti-ship cruise missiles, these are all things that are going to give you capability to deal with any kind of naval force that comes toward you."

The China Reform Monitor recently ran a report saying, "Experts are warning that China is outpacing the United States in the development of attack submarines and could have as much as a three-to-one advantage over the United States by 2025."

Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld recently warned that "China's investment in missiles and up-to-date military technology posed a risk not only to Taiwan and to American interests, but also to nations across Asia that view themselves as China's trading partners, not rivals."

Most all China experts agree that the Marxist government in Beijing is planning to attack Taiwan and is preparing to take on the United States if we interfere. It has more than doubled its fleet of amphibious landing and troop-carrying ships. It has entered into an agreement with Russia which guarantees Russia will not help the United States should conflict erupt between the U.S. and China. And just weeks ago, China even participated in joint military maneuvers with Russia. But the Chinese threat is actually even more ominous.

Syndicated columnist, Cal Thomas, recently quoted from a new > book written by former special assistant for national security affairs to Ronald Reagan and CIA national intelligence officer, Constantine Menges, entitled, China: The Gathering Threat. Thomas quotes Menges as noting that "China has defined America as its 'main enemy' and can launch nuclear weapons at the U.S. capable of killing 100 million of us.

Thomas continues quoting Menges as saying, "China has threatened to destroy entire American cities if the U.S. helps Taiwan defend itself against a military assault or invasion. China also buys Russian weapons designed to sink U.S. aircraft carriers. It controls more than $200 billion in U.S. debt and sells more than 40 percent of its exports to America, using the profits to strengthen its economy and advanced weapons systems aimed at the U.S."

Furthermore, a World Net Daily report dated Tuesday, September 13, 2005, quotes a Chinese dissident as stating unequivocally that Beijing is planning nuclear war. The WND report states, "Wei Jingsheng, who spent 18 years in detention for his pro-democracy activism, told a forum at the National Press Club in Washington that China needs the distraction of a war with Taiwan to turn attention away from the people's frustration with rampant corruption and failed policies at home."

The WND report also quoted Jingsheng as saying, "The Chinese Communist Party is considering nuclear war, because it is not afraid to sacrifice China's people." Jingsheng cited Chinese general Zhu Chenghu's recent public declaration that "we [China] will prepare ourselves for the destruction of all the cities east of Xian" which would include Shanghai and Beijing. When one considers that China could lose the equivalent of the entire U.S. population and still have over 700 million people left, General Chengu's threat cannot be taken lightly.

So, while the United States continues to spend its manpower and monies on a mouse-size threat in Iraq, it is virtually ignoring-no, worse than that, it is commercially aiding and abetting-our most serious threat: Communist China. Just about everything we buy these days is stamped "Made in China," major American corporations have moved and are moving their plants and operations to China, and all of this is being encouraged by our own government in Washington, D.C. Lenin was right: we are purchasing the rope which will be used to hang us!

© Chuck Baldwin

I’ve mentioned in an earlier post that the entire west coast is 30 times more vulnerable to earthquakes until the end of the month for geological reasons. I just hope this isn’t the prelude to a big one or even “The BIG one”.

Quake strikes north of Los Angeles
Friday, September 23, 2005; Posted: 12:16 p.m. EDT (16:16 GMT)
WHEELER RIDGE, California (AP) -- A magnitude 3.6 earthquake shook an area north of Los Angeles early Friday, one day after a series of quakes rumbled through the region.
There were no reports of injuries or damage from Friday's 3:21 a.m. quake, an aftershock to Thursday's temblors in the San Joaquin Valley about 70 miles northwest of Los Angeles.
The Thursday quakes began with a magnitude-3.4 jolt, which was quickly followed by a 4.7 quake, according to the U.S. Geological Survey in Pasadena.
There were also several lesser aftershocks.
"We felt it pretty good, like someone picked up the store and shook it," said Donald Sullivan, an employee at the Mettler Renegade truck stop and gas station.
The quakes happened near the White Wolf fault. The last time that fault caused a major earthquake was in 1952 when an estimated magnitude-7.5 quake killed 12 people and injured 18.

This may be an interesting winter coming up. We have a threat of a flu epidemic that just does not seem to go away. This, along with a looming energy crisis because of the hurricanes in the Gulf Coast is not a good combination. I believe this is the calm before the storm. There is not much time left within the calm.

September 21, 2005
Massive Animal Deaths in North America as Bird Flu Pandemic Ravages United States, Thousands Begin Dying In India, Complete Military Dictatorship in America Nears Completion
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Russian Subscribers
In reviewing numerous reports circulating among Russian Scientists today, one cannot help seeing that the catastrophic forces currently facing the world today can only be described as being on a scale of Biblical proportions.
Global weather patterns remain in ruins as more Super Storms are being reported breaking out around the world. Tectonic forces within the earth itself continue their unprecedented buildup leading to massive volcanic activity throughout the world, but the greatest danger to all human beings remains the unrelenting march of the Avian Flu Pandemic, and which according to the World Health Organization there is no chance of stopping, and as we can read as reported by the ABC News Service in their article titled "World has slim chance to stop flu pandemic" and which says:
"The initial outbreak of what could explode into a bird flu pandemic may affect only a few people, but the world will have just weeks to contain the deadly virus before it spreads and kills millions. Chances of containment are limited because the potentially catastrophic infection may not be detected until it has already spread to several countries, like the SARS virus in 2003. Avian flu vaccines developed in advance will have little impact on the pandemic virus.
It will take scientists four to six months to develop a vaccine that protects against the pandemic virus, by which time thousands could have died. There is little likelihood a vaccine will even reach the country where the pandemic starts. That is the scenario outlined on Tuesday by Dr Hitoshi Oshitani, the man who was on the frontline in the battle against SARS and now leads the fight against avian flu in Asia.
"SARS in retrospect was an easy virus to contain," said Oshitani, the World Health Organization's Asian communicable diseases expert. "The pandemic virus is much more difficult, maybe impossible, to contain once it starts," he told Reuters at a WHO conference in Noumea, capital of the French Pacific territory of New Caledonia. "The geographic spread is historically unprecedented."
World Health Organization scientists further report that this ‘slim chance’ is due only to ‘one small genetic link’ that is yet to be made by this virus, and as we can read as reported by the Softpedia News Service in their article titled "Avian Flu - One Step Away From The World's Largest Epidemic" and which says, "As the Western Pacific Regional meeting of the World Health Organization started today in Noumea, public health officials from more than 20 countries gathered to discuss ways to prevent a possible deadly outbreak of bird flu in humans and contain some other possible large epidemics. They all unanimously agree that a recently-evolved avian flu virus, Influenza A (H5N1), has one small genetic adjustment to make before it becomes transmissible between humans."
But according to Russian Intelligence reports this ‘one small genetic link’ has already become a reality in India where multiple thousands of children are being felled everyday and over 1,000 have died in the past week, and as we can read as reported by the Ireland Online News Service in their article titled "Encephalitis death toll nears 1,000 in India and Nepal" and which says:
"An encephalitis outbreak has killed nearly 1,000 people – almost all of them children – in India and neighbouring Nepal, as too few doctors struggle to care for thousands of sick children in outdated hospitals. At the start of the week, the death toll in India’s northern Uttar Pradesh state stood at 767. Nepal has logged 204 deaths. Every day, parents from the poorest corners of India’s most populous state pour into the small town of Gorakhpur, some carrying unconscious children whose limp bodies flop from side to side as they’re raced into one of the Japanese encephalitis wards at the BRD Medical College. But by the time many children arrive, there’s little that can be done to even make them more comfortable. The tiny, often bare-chested bodies are placed with oxygen masks taped to their faces – a grim scene stretching across two hospital floors."
To the absurdity, and contradictions, by the Indian government in saying that these mass deaths of children with flu symptoms are due to Japanese Encephalitis is beyond comprehension as it is widely known that this disease is caused by a specific type of mosquito, Culex tritaeniorhynchus, that lives in rural rice-growing and pig-farming regions, and to have a case where children alone are being bitten, and in the tens of thousands, is beyond belief.
To the logic of this outbreak however can be seen in the reports of the World Health Organization scientists who have predicted that children will be the first affected by this Pandemic, and as we can read as reported by the CNN News Service in their article titled “Bird flu (avian influenza)" and which states, "The World Health Organization (WHO) has confirmed a handful of cases of limited human-to-human transmission of bird flu. But unless such transmission becomes more widespread, infected birds or material present the greatest hazard. Even so, the pattern of human transmission remains mysterious. Young children seem especially vulnerable to the virus. Some scientists speculate they may simply be more likely to breathe infected dust or feces.”
Russian Military Analysts are reporting that the United States has exerted pressures on India’s Leaders to ‘blackout’ all news relating to this Pandemic and in exchange for their doing so entered into a secret nuclear agreement with India, who had been under various US and UN sanctions for its unauthorized development of nuclear weapons, and as we can read as reported by India’s Hindustan Times News Service in their article titled "Indo-US N-deal signed in haste and secrecy: Expert" and which says:
"The bold US-India nuclear deal proposed by President George W Bush and Prime Minister Manmohan Singh was signed too quickly and secretively, a process that embedded major faults in the agreement, says a top US expert. George Perkovich, a nuclear and South Asia expert at Carnegie Endowment for International Peace (CEIP), has released a report that claims the US-India civilian nuclear cooperation deal exposed important faults in the global non-proliferation regime, in US policy toward India, and in Indian nuclear policy."
It should also be noticed that this secret nuclear deal the United States Military Leaders have made with India, in order to keep their silence, stands in sharp contradiction to their actions against the country of Iran, and who the United States is attempting to bring before the United Nations Security Council. And where Iran is a signatory to the UN Treaties involving nuclear energy and weapons, India is not, and where Iran has not developed nuclear weapons, India has.
But to the contradictions being displayed by the Military Leaders of the United States, in their continuing efforts to re-organize their country into a totalitarian fascist police state, none is more apparent than in what they allow, and do not allow, their own citizens to know, and no greater example is there than the suppressing of the news that throughout their country mass animal deaths have been, and are continuing to occur, and as we can see evidenced by just these few reports:
As reported by the Los Angeles Times News Service in their article titled "West Nile threatens magpie population" and which says, "WEST NILE virus hasn't caused widespread human deaths in California, but it's ravaging wild birds. About 88,000 have been reported dead across the state, though hundreds of thousands have probably died and not been recovered, says Walter Boyce, director of the Wildlife Health Center at UC Davis.The virus is hammering crows, jays and magpies. It has killed two-thirds to three-fourths of the crows in the eastern United States. "There have been a large number of magpies observed dead this year," Boyce says, noting the yellow-billed magpie, unique to California, could go extinct. "Because the magpie is limited in distribution and highly susceptible to the virus, this could push it over the edge."
[Note: This Bird Flu Pandemic has been shown the world over to hit the populations of birds first, and as we can read as reported by the Scotsman News Service in their article titled "More bird flu deaths inevitable" and which says, "The virus has swept through poultry populations in large swathes of Asia since 2003, resulting in the deaths of tens of millions of birds."]
As reported by the Fox News Service in their article titled "Mysterious Cattle Deaths in Orange County" and which says, "More than fifty cows have died on a farm in orange county and the cause of their deaths remains a mystery. Lab tests have ruled out any infectious or contagious diseases, so the good news is there's no danger to people or to other animals. Unfortunately, officials are still not sure what killed the cows."
As reported by the Desert Sun News Service in their article titled "Scientists puzzle over sheep deaths" and which says, "When five members of an endangered species turn up dead in two weeks, the scientific community takes notice. Bighorn Institute researchers in Palm Desert are monitoring the daily habits of local peninsular bighorn sheep to determine what caused five of them to mysteriously die since July 28. "In our 25 years of field work, we had not had an occurrence of so many adult animals" dying, said Bighorn Institute Director Jim DeForge."
As reported by the Billings Gazette News Service in their article titled "Minnesota bird deaths are a mystery for state officials" and which says, "Minnesota has been looking into a bird mystery since the discovery of at least 50 songbirds found floating dead in Lake Superior in early September. The Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (DNR) collected the 50 dead songbirds from 200 to 800 yards off shore in an eight-mile stretch of the Lake Superior between Grand Marais and the Brule River mouth."
As reported by the St. Petersburg Times News Service in their article titled "Golf course bird deaths a mystery" and which says, "Ducks have been dropping like flies at the city golf course at Treasure Bay. City recreation officials believe the ducks were poisoned and they have hired an environmental consulting firm to test the water. About three weeks ago, workers began hauling away the carcasses of ducks, egrets and herons from the two ponds at the city's nine-hole course on Paradise Island. They counted at least 40 dead birds."
As reported by the Brunswick Times News Service in their article titled "Geese deaths still a mystery" and which says, "Nearly three weeks after the first dead goose was found at Cypress Run subdivision on the northern edge of Brunswick, authorities and residents alike remain puzzled – and concerned – about the mysterious, mounting death toll of Canada geese. "It's sad," said Bob Cooper, a retired federal agent who now lives in the subdivision. "We don't know what's going on."
As reported by the CBS National News Service in their article titled "Pelican Mystery Continues" and which says, "Wildlife officials say the number of surviving chicks at the white pelican rookery at Chase Lake National Wildlife refuge is lower than previously thought. Biologists reported a die-off of thousand of chicks at the refuge earlier this month."
To these Western people not being able to discern for themselves the true and devastating effects soon to overwhelm them in regards to this Pandemic is perhaps best explained by Russian Social Scientists who state that these people are not concerned for future events in their lives, and as evidenced by the complete breakdown of their societies ability to save money or to prepare for disasters. With this being so, say these scientists, these people are content to be lied to and deceived by their Government leaders and Media organs.
But while this may be true of the vast majority of these American people, it is not true for their Military Leaders who are in full knowing of the catastrophic changes about to occur in their country, and as we had previously reported on in our September 11th report titled "Global Pandemic Fears Fueled By Reports That United States Virus Weapon Lab Attacked In New Orleans, ‘Total Loss’ of Data and Bird Flu Virus Samples Reported" and wherein we had stated:
“As many have long known, the ritualistic patterns of the behaviors of many of the Leaders of the Western World, particularly those associated with both the British and European Houses of Nobility, provide great insight into their future actions, so it was particularly troubling to read from the Western news sources barely a month ago about the American Presidents selected ‘reading list’ for his summer vacation, and as we can read as reported by the Seattle Times News Service in their article titled "Bush's summer book list: salt, a czar and flu" and which says:
"Gas prices are climbing, motorists are fuming, and President Bush is at his ranch with a book about the history of salt. There could be a connection. According to the White House, one of three books Bush chose to read on his five-week vacation is "Salt: A World History" by Mark Kurlansky, who chronicled the rise and fall of what once was considered the world's most strategic commodity. The other two books he reportedly brought with him to Crawford are "Alexander II: The Last Great Tsar" by Edvard Radzinsky and "The Great Influenza: The Epic Story of the Deadliest Plague in History" by John Barry."
The significance of the American President reading such a book as “The Great Influenza: The Epic Story of the Deadliest Plague In History", and the greater significance lying in the American Military Leadership releasing this information, can be explained by knowing its full subject matter, which is not to the 1918 facts of the last flu pandemic alone, but also in how it shaped not only the United States, but the entire world afterward:
"In 1918, a plague swept across the world virtually without warning, killing healthy young adults as well as vulnerable infants and the elderly. Hospitals and morgues were quickly overwhelmed; in Philadelphia, 4,597 people died in one week alone and bodies piled up on the streets to be carted off to mass graves. But this was not the dreaded Black Death-it was "only influenza." In this sweeping history, Barry (Rising Tide) explores how the deadly confluence of biology (a swiftly mutating flu virus that can pass between animals and humans) and politics (President Wilson's all-out war effort in WWI) created conditions in which the virus thrived, killing more than 50 million worldwide and perhaps as many as 100 million in just a year. Overcrowded military camps and wide-ranging troop deployments allowed the highly contagious flu to spread quickly; transport ships became "floating caskets." Yet the U.S. government refused to shift priorities away from the war and, in effect, ignored the crisis. Shortages of doctors and nurses hurt military and civilian populations alike, and the ineptitude of public health officials exacerbated the death toll."
A further insight can be also be gleaned by the understanding of the American Presidents other book selection for reading, "Alexander II : The Last Great Tsar", and which is about the Russian Leader, who like the American President of today, was faced with the almost impossible task of transforming his entire country against the popular will of its people, and as we can read:
"It's difficult to reform Russia, as popular historian Radzinsky shows in this lively examination of the czar best known for emancipating the serfs in 1861. Viewed as the most liberal of Russia's 19th-century czars, Alexander II (1818–1881) came to power in 1856 with the idea of bringing Russia into the modern age. But as Radzinsky (The Last Tsar) shows, his liberal reforms brought him nothing but trouble. Alexander came under attack from the right for being too liberal, and the left for not going far enough. He also had to curtail his reforms when faced with the need to fight foreign enemies. Radzinsky focuses much of the latter half of the book on the rise of left-wing populist movements—the book covers in depth the intellectual currents that swirled around Russia during Alexander's reign. Some frustrated leftists eventually turned to violence. After many failed attempts to assassinate Alexander, they eventually succeeded in 1881."
These reports further state that Americans have been almost completely rendered ‘mindless’, and are unable to absorb the complex mental patterns needed for the discerning not only what is true, but also what is needed to protect them from the catastrophes soon to face them. But, this is again not true of their Military Leaders, and who have used the events of their last Super Storm to drop the nets of Military Rule around much of their populace, and as we can read as reported by the ABC News Service their article titled “Katrina Emergency Declared in Bulk of U.S." and which says:
"The dire conditions created by Hurricane Katrina may be confined to the Gulf Coast, but on paper the emergency is all over the country. President Bush has declared that Katrina-related emergencies exist in 40 states and the District of Columbia. Some, such as California, Massachusetts and North Dakota, are far removed from Katrina's wrath."
Not being understood by these American people also are the dire consequences facing them as their nation falls into economic ruin and yet will leave them no choices but to become economic slaves because they will no longer be able to declare bankruptcies, and as we can read as reported by the Wisconsin State Journal News Service in their article titled "Deep in debt . . . and deep in trouble" and which says:
"In addition, next month consumers besieged by creditors will find it more difficult to get rid of their debts by filing for protection under bankruptcy law. Under bankruptcy reform that takes effect next month, consumers must meet strict income and expense standards that determine whether they qualify for bankruptcy and how much they can pay toward their debts. The goal is to prevent people from escaping debts by filing for protection under Chapter 7 of bankruptcy law. The effect will be to help credit card issuers collect more from debtors."
To the full extent of the indebtedness of these American people is beyond comprehension, and as we can read as reported by the Associated Press in their article titled "If debt explodes, trouble follows" and which says, "Low interest rates, especially since the end of the 2001 recession, have fed the debt beast at home, allowing American consumers to accumulate nearly $11 trillion in debt as they buy more homes, more cars, more clothes, more dinners out."
The insanity of any government encouraging, or even allowing, such debt among its people to accumulate to this level can only be matched by the insanity of the citizens of such a country as America to have listened to them.
Even more astounding are that these Americans aren’t even comprehending the full implications of how all of the events they are experiencing have been designed for the specific purpose of enslaving them, but to which they will soon know all to well, and as we can read as reported by the Knight Ridder News Service in their article titled "Credit card companies to increase payments" and which says:
"Consumers who make only minimum payments on their credit cards are in for a shock. Spurred by a new federal mandate, card companies over the next three months plan to raise - in some cases double - the amount card holders must pay each month. A consumer carrying a $10,000 balance may see a minimum payment jump from $200 to $400."
For many years now these American people have lived their lives allowing their Military Leaders to enact the laws necessary to accomplish the feat of turning the once great nation of the United States into the most rigidly controlled fascist police state since Hitler’s Nazi Germany of last century. Like the Nazi Germany of the 1930’s, the American people of today have cooperated with their Military Leaders and Propaganda Media Organs to create for themselves the ‘illusion’ that all is good, they are most powerful, and no one can defeat them.
The arrogance of such thought should have been readily apparent to these American’s given the history of the destruction, and defeat, of Nazi Germany, but not only have these people failed to understand the lessons of history, in failing to understand they are repeating it.
Today the cloud of death of hangs over not only the United States, but the entire world as the forces of nature and evil men reign supreme in a world gone totally mad, with the human races only hope resting with God Himself, and may He have Mercy upon us all.
© September 21, 2005, EU and US all rights reserved.

A few days ago, Kim Jong Il agreed to discontinue his nuclear program. Then, a day later, he demanded nuclear reactors from the U.S. So is there, or is there not an agreement here? Don’t believe any of this propaganda. North Korea will play some role in the future in instigating WWIII.

North Korea says US using talks as pretext for attack
Reuters/Jon Herskovitz | September 21 2005
SEOUL (Reuters) - North Korea accused the United States on Wednesday of using diplomatic talks to try and take away its nuclear arms so that Washington could crush the reclusive state with an atomic weapons strike.
The statement follows another by North Korea on Tuesday which threw into doubt a six-country deal on giving up its nuclear arms, just one day after it was struck.
In that statement the North vowed to keep the weapons until Washington provides it with civilian atomic reactors.
In a commentary on Wednesday in its official communist party newspaper, Pyongyang said Washington is waiting for a chance to attack it.
"Clear is the ulterior intention of the U.S. talking about settlement of the nuclear issue through dialogue under the pretext of the six-party talks. In a word, it is to disarm the DPRK and stifle it with nuke," the paper said, according to a report carried on the official KCNA news agency.
DPRK is short for the North's official name, the Democratic People's Republic of Korea.
The commentary said the North "will steadily strengthen its war deterrent to defend national sovereignty and security with supreme vigilance".
The six countries agreed to a set of principles on Monday on winding up Pyongyang's nuclear programs in return for economic aid and recognizing its right to a civilian nuclear program.
The six agreed to discuss providing a light-water reactor "at an appropriate time". Washington pledged not to attack the North.
Washington has insisted that North Korea must completely, irreversibly and verifiably end its nuclear programs before consideration of a civilian nuclear program could begin.
North Korea has often said it was forced to develop nuclear weapons to counter what it saw as Washington's hostile policy toward it and has charged many times that Washington was going to attack it.

Are we on the brink of $5 a gallon? So far, the script of the FX TV movie, “Oil Storm” is being played out perfectly. It’s going to be a cooooold and expensive winter with energy costs shooting through the roof. Will the stock market be able to withstand this?

Energy market braces for 'national disaster'
Oil analysts and executives are preparing for Hurricane Rita's impact as energy prices rise across the board. Stocks move lower.

The oil industry is bracing for a disaster as Hurricane Rita hit Category 4, with the potential to reach Category 5, and heads towards energy infrastructure in Texas.

"If (Rita) keeps going on its current path, it's going to basically destroy the rest of the (energy complex Hurricane) Katrina didn't," Matthew Simmons, CEO of independent energy investment bank Simmons & Co.
International, told CNBC's "Squawk Box."
"It's a problem that could easily be as significant in my opinion, and I hope I'm overly exaggerating this, as Pearl Harbor," Simmons said. It could take two or three years to recover from the two storms, he added.

Given than four oil refineries are already down, Rita "really is a national disaster," Valero Energy (VLO, news, msgs) CEO Bill Greehey told Reuters.

Energy prices rose across the board, with natural gas seeing the biggest spike with concerns about damage to pipelines putting further strain on inventories ahead of winter. The higher energy prices pushed stocks lower. The Dow dropped 0.58%, the Nasdaq composite lost 0.69% and the S&P 500 index fell 0.52%.

Natural gas jumped 41.8 cents to $12.91 per million British thermal units.

The U.S. will go into winter with a lot less natural gas in storage than last year, and a colder-than-normal winter could really send prices spiking, Robert Morris, analyst at Banc of America Securities told CNBC's "Squawk Box."

New York light crude futures rose $1 to $67.20 per barrel. Unleaded gasoline for October delivery climbed 7.34 cent to $2.05 per gallon.

"If it hits the refineries, and we're short refining capacity, you're going to see gasoline prices well over $3 a gallon at the pump," Greehey told Reuters.

"People were worried post-Katrina as we have real tight product supply," Jamal Qureshi, analyst at PFC Energy, told Reuters. "Now we have a hurricane heading for the bigger part of the coastal refinery center, threatening to blow a huge hole in products supply."

Texas accounts for a quarter of oil refining capacity in the United States. Rita's winds have reached 140 miles per hour and the storm is expected to reach landfall Saturday morning.

"Some of those refineries in Texas, they're at sea level. It's a table top, it floods every easily," Ed Silliere, vice president of risk management at Energy Merchant LLC, told Reuters.

9/12/05 - 9/18/05

2005-09-13T13:18:00.000-07:00

Due to the repetitious news coverage focused on Hurricane Katrina, last week's blog was skipped. Unless you have been hiding under a rock for the past couple of week's we are all familiar with the surface details. No need to rehash the obvious. There is an agenda behind the events surrounding the hurricane however. How many times have we heard the words "Martial Law" since the beginning of this storm?

If there was any event that would cause the domino pieces to start falling, it would be this. We are in a 2 week span where the possibility of an earthquake in that part of the country is increased by 30x.

Tremors may mean 'Big One' on its way
By MARK HUME
VANCOUVER -- A silent tectonic event, so powerful it has shifted southern Vancouver Island out to sea, but so subtle nobody has felt a thing, is slowly unfolding on the West Coast.
Scientists who are tracking the event with sensitive seismographs and earth orbiting satellites warn it could be a trigger for a massive earthquake -- some time, maybe soon.
But they are quick to add that the imperceptible tremors emanating from deep beneath the surface are sending signals scientists are not yet able to comprehend fully and "the Big One" might yet be 200 years off.
What they do know is that the earth is moving this week on the West Coast as two massive tectonic plates slip past each other.
"Southern Vancouver Island is sort of sliding towards the west right now. We're moving towards Japan," said John Cassidy, a seismologist with Natural Resource Canada at the Pacific Geoscience Centre near Sidney, B.C. "It's a very small amount. We've moved about three millimetres to the west over the past couple of days."
The event, known as an episodic tremor and slip, is a predictable, cyclical phenomenon that is adding pressure to a zone where the Juan de Fuca Plate and the North American Plate are locked, just off Vancouver Island. While the two plates are slipping in some areas, in another they remained locked. That locked zone is where the next megathrust earthquake is expected to come from when it suddenly releases.
Mr. Cassidy said a slip event occurs every 14 months, and when it does, scientists believe the chance of an earthquake the size that triggered the Asia tsunamis increases.
One researcher has likened the event to going up a step on a staircase, at the top of which sits a megathrust earthquake. But nobody knows where the top is or where we are on the staircase.
The geological record on the West Coast has shown that megathrust earthquakes occur roughly once every 500 years. The last one struck on Jan. 26, 1700, which leaves a window of possibility 200 years wide.
"We know there will be another megathrust earthquake, but we don't know when," Mr. Cassidy said.
But he said the slip is important because it is the only predictable event related to earthquakes, and it may hold clues as to when and where a megathrust will occur.
He said experts are so convinced the event is a potential trigger that they have advised emergency preparedness officials to be alert.
"We're in a time window of higher hazard," Mr. Cassidy said. "It's likely that one of these slip events will [one day] trigger a megathrust earthquake."
Mr. Cassidy said a slip event is not an earthquake but involves the release of tectonic pressure in tremors that seismographs are picking up.
"It's really a very subtle shaking. It's different from an earthquake. It has a different frequency content. It's more of a continuous signal, rather than an earthquake which would start with a bang. . . . There's no jolt to this so people don't feel it."
Satellites have tracked the shift of southern Vancouver Island to the west using global positioning technology that can detect minuscule movement.
Tectonic forces usually push the island east, but during a slip event it slides west for about two weeks.
"The normal movement to the east can be thought of as earthquake hazard. That's energy being stored for the next big megathrust earthquake and on top of that regular motion we have this cycle that adds a little more stress every 14 months. So that's why we say it becomes a trigger [event]," Mr. Cassidy said.
Herb Dragert, a seismologist with the Geological Survey, first detected the phenomenon of the slip event in 1999, and since then, it has been confirmed by scientists in the U.S. and Japan.
Mr. Dragert said slip events have led to new understandings of how the earth is moving 25 to 45 kilometres beneath the surface, where heat is so intense that rock is like soft wax.
"Before our investigations began, about three or four years ago, we thought once we get to those depths temperatures were hot enough to kind of make this a sloppy, plastic area and no stress could accumulate over a long term," he said.
"Now because of this phenomenon . . . we know that's not the case. . . . A small amount of stress accumulates and then for whatever reason, at 14 months . . . it slips. And that's one of our slip events. . . . Not only does it slip, but while doing so it produces these distinct seismic tremors."

This pretty much sums it up. When all hell breaks loose on a global scale, who will people look to? They’ll probably look to the sky. They will not be disappointed. Many will be totally duped into thinking that it’s something it’s not. Remember, the real deal comes after the fake one.

Earthquakes, Solar Flares, Hurricanes, War, & The Coming Of An E.T. Savior!
Redemption 'from heaven' ingrained in human psyche
By Thomas Horn
Senior RNU News Reporter
RNU.com – (Raiders News Update) – The Bible says in the last days that Jesus Christ "...shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first. Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord. Wherefore comfort one another with these words" (1 Thessalonians 4:16-18).
In a subsequent letter to the Thessalonians, Paul stated that this glorious appearing "in the clouds" would happen at a time of distress, when a great "falling away" was occurring and when a spirit of antichrist walked the earth. Earthquakes, hurricanes, war, and strange activity on the Sun would likewise portend the transpiration.
In other words, a time like now.
Though I doubt the prophet articulated the cyclical effect of man's psychological need of a savior during times of trouble, the pattern is as old as time and one of the most pervasive and enduring cultural phenomenon. When the world as we know it appears to be in trouble, we look skyward for divine intervention.
Given the current state of global affairs, maybe this is why last week a series of strange lights moving through the upper atmosphere over Thomasville, Alabama, caused Alex Cassity, described by The Times as "a God-fearing man", to think it was the second-coming. “It was really something,” he said. “but my first thought was, the Lord’s coming!” The lights over Alabama turned out to be flares from a military jet, but Cassity's reaction has become typical, and not just among Christians.
Many religions have at least one apocalyptic myth describing the end of the world accompanied by a "savior" who appears in the sky at the last minute to rescue the "chosen" from annihilation or wrath. Mayans, Assyrians, Egyptians and Greeks held similar beliefs. Hopi prophecy talks of a time of great destruction, when their lands will be preserved as "a blue star, far off and invisible, makes its appearance." Today, even factions of the New Age look for a techno-savior to appear in the clouds to save mankind from itself.
But what about that little warning Paul included to the Thessalonians
"... that day shall not come, except... that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition" (2 Thessalonians 2:3).
Predominant among church scholars is the idea that coupled with any heavenly appearing and concurrent salvation of believers from chaos, will be the materialization of a false Christ or "man of sin." This is a line in the sand for many Christians, dividing them from persons of different faith who also look to the skies for redemption. Where Hopi see a blue star, and others see returning ancient astronauts, Christians worry that any belief not consistent with their own might open a door for Antichrist to assume the role of an end times false Messiah by mimicking the return of Christ.
While the aforementioned may seem at first to be the insignificant differences of religious ideology, the effect (at least currently) is felt in everything from interpersonal social relationships to government policy. Recently the US Secretary of State, Condoleeza Rice actually told sufferers of Hurricane Katrina to hold on - that "the Lord is going to come on time, if we just wait!"
As tensions continue to build around the world, nowhere is the conflict regarding the imminent appearing of a descending savior more glaring than among Christian and secular Ufologists. While some on both sides resist combining religious and cosmological significance with Extraterrestrial intelligence, others hold to the opposite position, esoterically and biblically, and maybe there is a good reason.
Earliest histories from around the world speak of significant involvement by a "super-intelligence" involved in the origin of the species with promises by this Creator to return someday. Secular and religious Ufologists point to the universal documentation as a record of "heavenly beings" visiting earth and engaging in a process leading to hominid creation and therefore the first civilizations. When the Sumerians first appeared, following the event described above, they brought with them a pantheon of sky deities, the first written language, and a superior knowledge of the cosmos. Post Sumerian myth held that powerful beings with names like "Zeus" and "Apollo" had visited the earth, intermarried with women, and fathered half-human children. In 1986, Christian college professor I.D.E. Thomas combined this mythos with modern Ufology, claiming that a race of anti-God warriors were approaching the earth from "out there" and bringing with them Armageddon. Evangelical apologists since flooded the market with dire warnings of a false Messiah who they said will first appear "in the heavens" to set about deceiving the world.
The words of Paul again
"And then shall that Wicked [one] be revealed....whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders" (2 Thessalonians 2:8-9).
These "lying wonders" according to one theory are flying saucers that will be piloted by creatures who appear to be advanced humanoids, but who are in fact evil supernaturalism on a quest to conquer and destroy the creation of God.
Surprisingly, secular Ufologists are partially to blame for advancing this "evil flying geniuses" theory. In some cases they too postulate interaction between humans and ET as malevolent. Whitley Streiber, author of "Communion" and other books on the subject, once wrote: "There are worse things than death, I suspected. And I was beginning to get the distinct impression that one of them had taken an interest in me. So far the word demon had never been spoken among the scientists and doctors who were working with me. And why should it have been? We were beyond such things. We were a group of atheists and agnostics, far too sophisticated to be concerned with such archaic ideas as demons and angels."
Professor Elizabeth L. Hillstrom in her book "Testing the Spirits" says that a growing number of academics have concluded that UFOnauts are synonymous with historical demonism. "Vallee’s explanation of UFOs is the most striking," she said, "because of its parallels with demonic activity. UFO investigators have noticed these similarities. Vallee himself, drawing from extrabiblical literature on demonic activities, establishes a number of parallels between UFOnauts and demons....Pierre Guerin, a UFO researcher and a scientist associated with the French National Council for Scientific Research, is not so cautious: 'The modern UFOnauts and the demons of past days are probably identical.' Veteran researcher John Keel, who wrote UFOs: Operation Trojan Horse and other books on the subject, comes to the same conclusion: 'The UFO manifestations seem to be, by and large, merely minor variations of the age-old demonological phenomenon."
In conclusion: Whereas Ufologists of various creed may disagree on the meaning of particular ET phenomenon, both assert language that defines UFOs and extraterrestrial intelligence in angeological and demonological terms including rhetoric about the origin of the species as well as promises by the Creator to return "in the heavens" at the end of time. Given the prophetic condition of the world today, does anyone doubt why so many look for "UFOs" to render the grand entry of an extraterrestrial 'savior'? Or will Jesus Himself don the morning sky? Time will tell, but more and more people are looking to the clouds for the imminent arrival of an extraterrestrial redeemer.

The sleeping giant’s alarm clock seems to be ringing. Is he getting up now or is the snooze button activated for other events to unfold first? It looks like we are on the brink of a major conflict which will morph into WWIII.

Leading Chinese Dissident Warns: China Planning Nuclear War
The Epoch Times | September 13 2005
One of China’s most famous democracy advocates says that America has not paid enough attention to the threat of nuclear war with China. Wei Jingsheng, who spent 18 years in confinement in China, spoke at a forum on Chinese leader Hu Jintao at the National Press Club, sketching a disturbing picture of a powerful nation on the march to war.
The forum consisted of China expert panelists giving their various perspectives on the underlying meaning behind the visit of Chinese leader Hu Jintao, who has been in power for the last two years.
Wei stated that China needs the distraction of a war with Taiwan to turn attention away from the Chinese people’s frustration with rampant corruption and failed policies at home.
Wei also stated that a number of factors allow them to consider traditional warfare against Taiwan and even nuclear warfare against the U.S.
First, Russia, who China has often seen as an enemy, has offered a tacit agreement to China’s military plan, said Wei.
He pointed out that “China has signed a treaty with Russia that basically says if China invades Taiwan, Russia will not support the U.S.”, that meant that they would defend Taiwan if the island came under attack.
China also teamed up with Russia recently for joint military exercises on the Shandong Peninsula, an area fairly close to Taiwan, indicating both China’s intentions and Russia’s acceptance of those intentions.
Wei said that China had also been considering nuclear war against the U.S. as a way to defeat America in the war. The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) is considering nuclear war, Wei said, because it is not afraid to sacrifice China’s people.
He took as an evidence Chinese general Zhu Chenghu’s recent public statement declaring that China would launch nuclear weapons against the U.S. if it attacked China and that “we … will prepare ourselves for the destruction of all the cities east of Xian,” which would include Beijing, Shanghai, and Canton.
Although the general’s view was not publicly corroborated by other officials, Wei said, China’s government-run media enthusiastically circulated the statements.
Wei also warned Americans not to underestimate the irrational behavior of the CCP leadership and that America’s best response to prevent a coming war is to begin taking it seriously.
The Communist Chinese are very dissembling, Wei said. They try to appear to the world as less threatening, while at the same time they plan their next move.
Other panelists added that part of the reason Communist Party officials fear for the Party’s future is the Epoch Times’ “Nine Commentaries on the Communist Party”, an editorial series on the CCP published in November 2004 that has inspired four million Chinese people to cancel their Communist Party membership.
“Whether the campaign of ‘maintaining the advanced nature of the party,’ or anti-Japanese parades, or anti-secession law [i.e., invade Taiwan if it declares independence], or nuclear threats to the U.S., all of these are for the purpose of diverting public attention on the mass resignations,” says Frank Gong, writer for the Chinascope magazine.
According to an August 15 report on the “Liberation Army Daily,” the Central Military Committee of the Chinese Communist Party released a regulation to bar “private collection of information with severe political issues,” Gong stated. “This indicated that the “Nine Commentaries” had widely spread in the military and caused the Central Military Committee of the Chinese Communist Party to be on high alert.”
The other panelists too tried to dispel the image of China as a nation taking its place in the world as a contributor to peace and prosperity.
Dr. John Li, Senior Research Fellow, Association for Asian Research, described an “equilibrium” status the U.S. currently enjoys with China: the U.S. gains access to cheap labor, even though the factories are polluting the country, while China’s totalitarian state acquires badly needed investment dollars.
“It might be good for the U.S. that this equilibrium can be kept forever, with the Chinese regime getting the assurance of “no regime change” and the U.S. businesses getting the money squeezed from cheap Chinese labor.” However, as much as the U.S. would like it to continue, Li said, the U.S. cannot avoid the fact that the Chinese have “never wavered in their belief that ‘America is their No. 1 enemy’.”
Dr. Li thinks the U.S. should distinguish its true friends from its foes. The only way to do that is by looking at countries’ human rights records. Treating China as its adversary, that is, a regime contrary to U.S. values, will lead to the best result in the long term, he said.
All the panelists agreed that America is sleeping, dreaming images of a pleasant, peaceful China. America wants to believe that the CCP has changed and has put an end to its brutal past. But Frank Gong asked rhetorically, “How do you ‘get over’ causing the deaths, unnecessarily, of 80 million people?” He argued that the CCP would never want its crimes exposed.
“So as for the Chinese Communist Party, let’s not consider how much it has improved. We need to consider whether it intends to improve. Once it opens up political freedom and freedom of speech, its past crimes will be exposed. People will have access to information concerning democracy and the rule of law. Then what the CCP faces is not only immediate collapse, but also accountability of all its crimes.”

We are looking at the microcosm of the future of America before our very eyes. The illuminati have used this disaster to run a practice drill for the upcoming police state, increase the powers of FEMA, grab control of the land in Louisiana and depopulate a portion of the population at the same time. Ask this question every time an event like this occurs: Who benefits?

New Orleans: Dress rehearsal for lockdown of America
Carolyn Baker | September 13 2005
Good morning, Baghdad! Good morning, Kabul! The war has come home to America, right here, right now and so have myriad questions so disturbing that most Americans, even if they know what the questions are, are terrified to ask:
Why is Blackwater USA, the principal mercenary force outsourced by the Pentagon to fight in Iraq, now patrolling the streets of New Orleans?
Why the disgraceful, ghastly slowness of response by the federal government to the Katrina disaster?
Why FEMA's destruction of communication lines and implacable refusal to allow food, water, and medicine into the city? (http://www.waynemadsenreport.com/, September 6)
Why have reconstruction and clean-up contracts conveniently fallen, with perfect timing, to Halliburton and Bechtel, the two U.S. corporations most infamous for their expertise in rebuilding Iraq and worldwide whatever the U.S. military has blown up?
Mainstream media and the Internet are abuzz with stories of FEMA's "gutting" by the federal government as the agency became part of the Department of Homeland Security, as if FEMA were some sort of altruistic savior who could have rescued New Orleans if only it had been granted sufficient funding. In reality, FEMA's obstruction of assistance, not only from the likes of Fidel Castro, Hugo Chavez, and several European nations, but from humanitarian organizations inside the United States is mind-boggling. Click here for a complete list of efforts blocked by FEMA.
In order to begin answering the endless disturbing questions, we must understand what FEMA actually is. In Sheila Samplesﾒ excellent September 10 article, she emphasizes the origins of FEMA in the 1980s under its architect, Oliver North. North's Operation Rex 84, or Readiness Exercise 1984, was a plan by which the the federal government would accommodate the detention of large numbers of American citizens during times of emergency. Through Rex-84, an undisclosed number of concentration camps were set in operation throughout the United States, for internment of dissidents and others potentially harmful to the state. Existence of the Rex 84 plan was first revealed during the Iran-Contra Hearings in 1987, and subsequently reported by the Miami Herald on July 5, 1987.
For decades since North's operation was disclosed, many dissidents have assumed that as in Nazi Germany, concentration camps were being secretly constructed for the incarceration of Americans. While this may be more than merely an assumption, there has been little speculation about what specific purpose such camps might serve—until the Katrina disaster. In the aftermath of the South Gulf Coast hurricane, we saw massive numbers of evacuees relocated throughout the nation.
In this particular disaster, most evacuees were poor and black, but since global warming's repercussions are intensifying daily, we can ultimately expect to see evacuees from all socio-economic groups, including the white middle class being relocated as a result of earthquakes, forest fires, floods, and tornadoes across the continent in the coming months or years. While the ruling elite are not willing to publicly admit the reality of global warming, they are fully aware of it, just as they are well-informed on the reality of Peak Oil. They know as well as progressives do that the juxtaposition of these two ecological phenomena guarantees both economic collapse and a plethora of natural disasters. (Please see my recent article The Not-So Gradual Collapse Of Empire.)
Particularly since 9–11, FEMA has been very little about disaster relief and very much about "population management." Katrina has underscored what the federal government and virtually all Americans already knew—the chaos that results from natural disasters. What the federal government knows, but most Americans don't know is the pandemonium that will result as the consequences of Peak Oil exacerbate.
In the United States, all nonorganic food growers use commercial pesticides and fertilizers on agricultural products. These have either a petroleum or natural gas base, thus insuring that as petroleum and natural gas prices increase, so will food prices. Moreover, what happens when trucking companies go belly up from gas prices, when truckers can no longer afford fuel, and when their axles break because interstates are in disrepair as a result of the prices or shortages of the petroleum needed to build roads? What happens when the housing bubble bursts, when massive unemployment engulfs the nation, and when hundreds of thousands or millions of people must walk away from their mortgaged homes? Add to this, the likely crashing of the U.S. dollar and the certainty of more natural disasters. Anarchy may not even approach the description of such a scenario. Enter FEMA's mandate and machinery, thanks to Blackwater, to maintain order.
One of the harshest realities of Peak Oil, but as old as the infanticide practiced by ancient civilizations is "demand destruction," also known as population control. In a recent article, Mike Ruppert explained its integral role in a global energy crisis:
"Demand destruction" has become a priority not only to mitigate Peak Oil but also to mitigate global warming. The United States, with 5% of the world's people, consumes (wastes) 25% of the world's energy. How do you destroy demand? You collapse the economy. Homeless, unemployed "refugees" (what a cold, depersonalizing term) don't buy gas, take trips, fly on airplanes or buy consumer goods (made with energy and requiring energy to operate). They don't use air conditioning because they can't afford it. They are the embodiment of Henry Kissinger's infamous term "useless eaters," a phrase from the Nazi vocabulary. If energy demand destruction, as acknowledged by the Bilderbergers and the CFR [Council On Foreign Relations], is a priority, then the only—I repeat only—beast that must be tamed is the United States.
As we witnessed the American Apartheid of relocating masses of African-Americans to cities throughout the nation, how chilling was FEMA's promise of a $2,000 debit card for each person, then its decision to give these "useless eaters" a check for $2,000 when most have neither a checking account nor personal identification! In addition, the very fact that so many of these individuals are living from paycheck to paycheck, on the brink of homelessness, underscores the likelihood that many of them will be forced into bankruptcy which may accelerate freefall into homelessness as the Bush administration's Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention Act becomes law on October 17. Remember the USA PATRIOT Act—that 300-page piece of legislation passed in the middle of the night on October 26, 2001, which almost no members of Congress had a chance to read? You know, the one that shredded the Constitution and the Bill of Rights? How appropriate that the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention Act will become law almost four years to the day after the USA PATRIOT Act was passed.
It appears that FEMA did not think this one through, but, alas, things are not necessarily as they seem. Certainly, the ruling elite would not intentionally arrange for millions of indigent evacuees to suddenly "litter" the streets of America. A more likely scenario could be debt servitude. I can already hear the FEMA offer that no penniless refugee could refuse: "We'd like to give you a job helping to clean up New Orleans or the South Coast. We can't pay you the prevailing wage, however, since the president cancelled prevailing wage by executive order. We also notice that you have quite a bit of debt, but never fear, we will give you the opportunity to 'work off your debt' by coming to work for us until your debt is satisified." Will this be Readiness Exercise 2005, 2006, 2007, ad infinitum?
With every national emergency, the fascist agenda of this government will come more clearly into focus. On September 10, Tom Curry listed in his article, "Hurricane Spawns Flurry Of Deregulation," the Bush administration's most recent rulings in the name of hurricane and oil supply relief:
• Starting last Wednesday and until next Wednesday, the federal Department of Transportation has eased rules on how many hours truckers can drive when transporting fuel.

• The Environmental Protection Agency has suspended until next Thursday certain federal fuel standards in response to possible diesel and gasoline shortages. The suspended rules are designed to combat high ozone and sulfur emissions.

• Bush has ordered suspension of provisions of the Jones Act, which requires transport of petroleum, gasoline and other petroleum products on U.S.-flagged ships while operating in U.S. coastal waters.

• Senate Environment and Public Works chairman Sen. James Inhere, R-Okla., said Congress would need to waive a law that limits federal emergency road building funds to $100 million per state per emergency and that limits full federal funding to 180 days.

• The House unanimously passed a bill allowing the Department of Education to waive the repayment requirement for low-income college students who received Pell grants. Normally if a college student drops out of school, he must pay back the unused portion of his Pell grant.

• On Thursday, Bush suspended the Davis-Bacon law on all federally financed construction in areas hit by Hurricane Katrina. That law requires the federal government to pay the "prevailing wage" on construction projects, which is often higher than the local minimum wage. Suspending Davis-Bacon will allow the government to pay lower than prevailing wages, and Bush said, "will result in greater assistance to these devastated communities and will permit the employment of thousands of additional individuals."

• House Majority Leader Tom DeLay, R-Texas, saw a need for a new energy bill as a result of the hurricane. "When one hurricane, as massive as it was, can knock out about 20 percent of our (oil and natural gas) facilities, it shows how vulnerable we are," he said. In order to expand the long-term U.S. oil and gas supply, DeLay wants to open parts of the country that are currently off-limits to oil and gas drilling. Large swaths of the Atlantic and Pacific Coasts are under a federal moratorium on oil and gas exploration until the year 2012.
Congress does not need to approve these decisions. They have been pronounced by fiat, frighteningly reminiscent of Hitler's unilateral directives in Germany in the 1930s. As Sheila Samples notes, FEMA has not been gutted; it is the PATRIOT Act on crack!

We’ve seen this time and time again since 9/11. After the official report is churned over an over agin through mainstream news, the whistle blowers start to tell the truth through independent sources. Isn’t it funny how only the key levees broke AFTER the storm passed?

Earwitness tells ABC explosives blew Industrial Canal levee
Total Information Analysis | September 12 2005
Total411.info has obtained video of an ABC News report featuring an earwitness to explosives used to destroy the Industrial Canal in New Orleans. Here's the video, and here's the transcript:
DAVID MUIR, ABC NEWS: This is the actual levee that runs along the canal on the eastern side of the city. And when the hurricane hit, the water came through at such force, it was apparently too much. You can see the massive breach here, and when you look around the corner you can see what the water did to the Lower Ninth Ward. It compleetley destoryed neighborhoods.
JOE EDWARDS, JR., 9TH WARD RESIDENT: I heard something go BOOM!
MUIR: Joe Edwards rushed to get himself and as many neighbors as possible into his truck. They drove to this bridge, where they've been living ever since
EDWARDS: My house broke in half. My mother's house just disintegrated. It was a brick house. All the houses down there floated down the street like somebody's guiding 'em
MUIR: Was it solely the water that broke the levee, or was it the force of this barge that now sits where homes once did? Joe Edwards says neither. People are so bitter, so disenfranchised in this neighborhood, they actually think the city did it, blowing up the levee to save richer neighborhoods like the French Quarter.
MUIR: So you're convinced . . .
EDWARDS: I know this happened!
MUIR: . . . they broke the levee on purpose?
EDWARDS: They blew it!
MUIR: New Orleans' mayor says there's no credence to this.
NEW ORLEANS MAYOR RAY NAGIN: That storm was so powerful and it pushed so much water, there's no way anyone could have calculated what levee to dynamite to have the kind of impact to save the French Quarter.
MUIR: An LSU expert who looked at the video today says, while the barge may have caused it, it was most likely the sheer force of the water that brought the levee along the Lower Ninth Ward down.
--------------------------
(NOTE: It is not clear at all that blowing the Industrial Canal could have "saved" the Quarter, or that the Quarter was in danger at all.)

Believe it or not, there is a cosmic element to this whole conspiracy to bring about the NWO. Remember, it is more than just a human conflict. We are at the crosshairs of a cosmic battle between good and evil. I believe that the timetable for events to occur coincide with cosmic events such as this. They don’t have forever. This is why I believe that things can begin to start moving pretty quickly.

Sun's String of Fury Continues as 7th Major Flare Erupts
By Robert Roy Britt
Senior Science Writer
posted: 09 September 2005
10:33 pm ET
Updated 12:36 p.m. ET Sept. 11
An ongoing series of seven major solar flares, including two on Saturday, could disrupt communications on Earth and generate colorful sky shows for people at high northern latitudes for the next several days.
Already satellites have been affected. Even more serious effects are possible this week.
The spate of activity from the Sun is being generated by a large sunspot named 798. Sunspots are cooler and darker regions of pent-up magnetic activity. When they unleash their energy, it's a bit like the top coming off a shaken champagne bottle.
The sunspot is just rotating into view, so its energy has been directed sideways and not directly at Earth. In coming days, if more major flares erupt as forecasters expect, they'll head right at us and radio blackouts, cell phone dropouts and other communications disruptions are more likely, scientists said.

This commentary is extremely politically incorrect but it really states it the way it is. The racist element of this disaster has been exposed. When will it boil over and become a threat to the already weakened social fabric of this country?

Hurricane Katrina is Our 911: Sign that the Apocalypse is Upon Us

The first US catastrophe of the post-911 world and it went about as many of us would have predicted.

People of color/ poor people/ people who possess no power were treated worse than animals.

Recall the very first images of people wading through chemical- laced, sewage-laden water and make every Black face White. Can you really imagine that the situation would have been allowed to deteriorate as it has?

Imagine middle-class white people in that hell-hole formerly known as the Superdome. Can't quite picture that? Oh..that's right. Black people don't really mind living in those conditions. And they like pickin' cotton too.

All human beings are worthy. But some are more worthy than others. Do you suppose the New York Times will publish biographies of each of the dead of Katrina as they did of 911?

Years from now will the public be still talking of the trauma these people (those who survive) experienced?

No, because what you get depends on who you are.

What about the trauma of the Palestinians compared to the trauma of the Jewish settlers? One is huge and we hear little or nothing about it. One is small and we hear about it every day for a week.

The government does not care for the least of us. That should not come as a surprise.

The least of us are treated differently. So one shot fired at a Chinook helicopter, and rescue attempts are put on hold. That is collective punishment. Just like one Palestinian turns himself into a suicidal bomber, so Israel invades and destroys entire villages. Collective punishment and racism. One of you did this to us, so we will turn our might on all of you. Doesn't matter that the one act had nothing to do with the other.

Is something about to blow here? If it does…look out. The world will never be the same again. The first domino piece will have been knocked down.

Fearing retaliation, police beef up security around mosques
Police beefed up security Monday afternoon around mosques throughout Israel, fearing far-right activists (Hassidic jews) would attack the Muslim holy places in retaliation to the torching and looting of Gush Katif synagogues by Palestinian mobs earlier in the day.
Kahane Chai activists on Monday called on the government to demolish the mosques on the Temple Mount.
"If the government does not do this," far-right activist Itamar Ben-Gvir warned. "It will not be surprising if Jews get together and with pride take action."
Internal Security Minister Gidon Ezra said Monday that security forces were preparing for a variety of extreme scenario following the torching of the Gaza synagogues.
He added that pictures of burning prayer houses were expected, and that intelligence was being gathered to prevent any acts of revenge by right-wing extremists

8/29/05 - 9/4/05

2005-08-30T09:06:00.000-07:00

Are these really "Natural Disasters" or "Acts of God"?
Few people realize the technologies that exist behind 'black' projects that have capabilities beyond our wildest imaginations. Weather control technology does exist. What better weapon is there than this for accomplishing your agenda? No one gets blamed except God. These globalists are pure racists with genuine Nazi ideologies. You have to wonder if it was coincidence that minority communities are affected by these "natural" disasters. Population reduction anyone?

Hurricane Katrina STEERED for New Orleans? 3000 Louisiana Nat. Guard off in Iraq bogus war
author: impeach the vacationing Bush
OK, I'll say it. I know you are thinking it like I am.
HAARP anyone? --- Bankrupt Venezuela? --- convenient federal FEMA militarization while Louisiana National Guard in Iraq?

Katrina has gone from Cat 1 to Cat 5 in days. It was even briefly downgraded lower than Cat 1 to a tropical storm as it left South Florida! Meterologists admit mystification--or feign mystification--at it. Now, devastation from Katrina is to be around 500x worse than the damage delivered to South Florida. A Category 5 hurricane does not cause five times as much damage as a Category 1. It causes 500 to 1,000 times the damage, hurricane scientists say, because the power of a storm increases exponentially as wind speeds grow.

In 1976 there was a U.N. Treaty, which Nations signed, promising not to affect each other using weather warfare. So...in other words, the technology was available then...to at least some degree.

FEMA's wet dream
summaries of several articles:

1.4m ordered to flee as Hurricane Katrina roars towards New Orleans

The levees intended to protect the city vary in height, from as low as 10
feet above sea level to about 14 feet, he said. They too are vulnerable,
because they are made of earth [and will erode], he said. Katrina could be
especially devastating if it strikes New Orleans because the city sits
below sea level and is dependent on levees and pumps to keep the water
out. A direct hit could submerge the city [for weeks]. Some 25 feet of
standing water is expected in many parts of the city --almost twice the
height of the average home -- and computer models suggest that more than
80 percent of buildings would be badly damaged or destroyed, he said.
Forecasters predicted the storm surge could reach 28 feet; the highest
levees around New Orleans are 18 feet high. About 70 percent of New
Orleans is below sea level, and is protected from the Mississippi River by
a series of levees. Mayor has said the levee will not hold. 20 feet of
water are possible. [Plus, Katrina will strike at high tide, approx. 8
a.m. Monday morning as well. Additoinally, Katrina hit the Gulf's 'loop
current:"

In the Gulf of Mexico, all projections had been that the storm would
intensify as it drew energy from the warm waters there, and chance events
favored growth. It churned directly over an oceanic feature that is the
nemesis of gulf state disaster planners: the "loop current," a great, deep
whorl of tropics-hot seawater that pulses in between the Yucatn and Cuba
each year and then stays south of Louisiana into late summer. Often, even
in the Gulf of Mexico, storms weaken as they suck up cool water that lies
stratified beneath the warm surface. But in the loop, even the depths are
hot.

Katrina had a central pressure -- a measure of a storm's intensity -- of
902 millibars, which would make it one of the four strongest storms on
record. The Labor Day hurricane of 1935 that hit the Florida Keys, killing
some 600 people, was the strongest with a minimum central pressure of 892
millibars on landfall. "The lower the pressure [number], the stronger the
winds..."

Category 5 is the most intense on the Saffir-Simpson scale. Only three
Category 5 hurricanes have made landfall in the United States since
records were kept. Those were the Labor Day hurricane of 1935, 1969's
Hurricane Camille [that missed New Orleans and still killed 250+ people]
and Hurricane Andrew, which devastated the Miami area in 1992. Andrew
remains the costliest U.S. hurricane on record, with $26.5 billion in
losses. [Katrina is #4]

...at least 100,000 people in the city lack the transport to leave.

The huge storm, packing 160 mph winds [now 175 mph], is expected to hit
the northern Gulf Coast in the next 12 hours and make landfall as a
Category 4 or 5 hurricane Monday morning. The National Hurricane Center
reports that conditions are already deteriorating along the central and
northeastern coast. As far east as Mobile, Alabama, 118 miles away from
New Orleans, authorities warned of storm surges approaching 20 feet. A
statement from the National Weather Service in Slidell, near New Orleans,
Louisiana, warned that much of the affected area "will be uninhabitable
for weeks, perhaps longer."

CNN said officials expect the storm surge to cover the grounds of the
Super Dome itself [one of ten "emergency evacuation" sites], and people
will be there for several days.

There are around 25,000 people in the 100,000 seat Superdome stadium. The second level of the Superdome is around 35 feet from the base, so in the storm, it will be fine. It has been built to withstand at 200-215 mph winds. Katrina is around 175 mph. Unfortuantely, many other "evacuation shelters" are unable to withstand even 175 mph.

And much of FEMA money goes toward emergency response instead of emergency preparation. Much smarter pre-preparation strategies--instead of relying on "emergency aftermath strategies" would of course endanger FEMA lobby budgets... FEMA gets their wish, a test of the concentration camps: "In the French Quarter, the water could reach 20 feet, easily submerging the district's iconic cast-iron balconies and bars, the AP reported. Estimates predict that 60 percent to 80 percent of the city's houses will be destroyed by wind. With the flood damage, most of the people who live in and around New Orleans could be homeless, the AP said. "We're talking about in essence having - in the continental United States having a refugee camp of a million people," van Heerden said." http://www.marketwatch.com/news/story.asp?
guid=%7B5D65F7A0-960A-43D2-8169-C9121BAA0A31%7D&siteid=google&dist=

extremely sobering to think the area is now being faced with a likely
reality that matches a projection like this:

Ninety percent of the structures in the city are likely to be destroyed by
the combination of water and wind accompanying a Category 5 storm, said
Robert Eichorn, former director of the New Orleans Office of Emergency
Preparedness. The LSU Hurricane Center surveyed numerous large public
buildings in Jefferson Parish in hopes of identifying those that might
withstand such catastrophic winds. They found none.

Floodwaters from the east will carry toxic waste from the "Industrial
Canal" area, nicknamed after the chemical plants there. From the west,
floodwaters would flow through the Norco Destrehan Industrial Complex,
which includes refineries and chemical plants, said van Heerden, who has
studied computer models about the impact of a strong hurricane for four
years. "These chemical plants are going to start flying apart, just as the
other buildings do," he predicted. "So, we have the potential for release
of benzene, hydrochloric acid, chlorine and so on." That could result in
severe air and water pollution, he said. In New Orleans, which lies below
sea level, gas and diesel tanks are all located above ground for the same
reason that bodies are buried above ground. In the event of a flood,
"those tanks will start to float, shear their couplings, and we'll have
the release of these rather volatile compounds," van Heerden added.
Because gasoline floats on water, "we could end up with some pretty severe
and large -- area-wise -- fires." "So, we're looking at a bowl full of
highly contaminated water with contaminated air flowing around and,
literally, very few places for anybody to go where they'll be safe."

Meanwhile, more than 3,000 members of the Louisiana National Guards 256th Brigade serving in Iraq can only watch from Baghdad as Hurricane Katrina bears down on their families and homes in New Orleans... deployed soldiers and their equipment, which includes high water vehicles, Humvees and
generators, will be sorely missed... Bush declared an emergency in
Louisiana and Mississippi and a major disaster in Florida, measures that
allow federal aid and FEMA to be deployed. "We will do everything in our power [sic] to help the people and communities affected by this storm," Bush
said from his ranch in Crawford, Texas. Now watch me chop this wood.

At midnight CDT...0500z...the center of Hurricane Katrina was located near
latitude 27.9 north...longitude 89.5 west or about 90 miles
south-southwest of the mouth of the Mississippi River and about 150 miles
south-southeast of New Orleans Louisiana. Katrina is moving toward the
north-northwest near 10 mph...and a turn to the north [toward New
Orleans] is expected over the next 12 to 24 hours. Movement toward...
north-northwest near 10 mph. Maximum sustained winds...160 mph. Minimum
central pressure... 908 mb.

And where is the Louisiana National Guard? Out fighting for Bush crime family Carlyle corporation oil contracts thousands of miles from where by law they SHOULD BE. Out fighting for Cheney investments in Halliburton.

It's all about playing dumb, dumber, dumberer, dumbererer and dumberererer.
Do you still think these guys are out for the welfare of the people of New Orleans or for the citizens of the nation for that matter? YOu would think the country with the most resources in the world could handle this a bit better don't ya think?

CLUELESS....Could the people in charge of managing the catastrophe in New Orleans possibly be more clueless?

George W. Bush, President of the United States, six days after repeated warnings from experts about the scope of damage expected from Hurricane Katrina: "I don't think anyone anticipated the breach of the levees."

Michael Chertoff, Secretary of Homeland Security, following widespread eyewitness reports of refugees living like animals at the Convention Center: "I have not heard a report of thousands of people in the Convention Center who don't have food and water."

Mike Brown, Director of FEMA, referring to people who were stuck in New Orleans largely because they were too poor to afford the means to leave: "...those who are stranded, who chose not to evacuate, who chose not to leave the city..."

Patrick Rhode, deputy director of FEMA, commenting on his agency's performance after four days of steadily increasing urban warfare, deeply flawed coordination, and continuing inability to evacuate refugees: "Probably one of the most efficient and effective responses in the country's history."

Dennis Hastert, Speaker of the House of Representatives, providing needed reassurance to the newly homeless: "It makes no sense to spend billions of dollars to rebuild a city that's seven feet under sea level....It looks like a lot of that place could be bulldozed."

This is beyond belief. What's with these people?

Just in case you needed more incompetence
Here it is...
But hey, I thought the Iraq war was to PROTECT the American people???!!

Why the Levee Broke

By Will Bunch

Washington knew exactly what needed to be done to protect the citizens of New Orleans from disasters like Katrina. Yet federal funding for Louisiana flood control projects was diverted to pay for the war in Iraq.

Even though Hurricane Katrina has moved well north of the city, the waters continued to rise in New Orleans on Wednesday. That's because Lake Pontchartrain continues to pour through a two-block-long break in the main levee, near the city's 17th Street Canal. With much of the Crescent City some 10 feet below sea level, the rising tide may not stop until until it's level with the massive lake.

There have been numerous reports of bodies floating in the poorest neighborhoods of this poverty-plagued city, but the truth is that the death toll may not be known for days, because the conditions continue to frustrate rescue efforts.

New Orleans had long known it was highly vulnerable to flooding and a direct hit from a hurricane. In fact, the federal government has been working with state and local officials in the region since the late 1960s on major hurricane and flood relief efforts. When flooding from a massive rainstorm in May 1995 killed six people, Congress authorized the Southeast Louisiana Urban Flood Control Project, or SELA.

Over the next 10 years, the Army Corps of Engineers, tasked with carrying out SELA, spent $430 million on shoring up levees and building pumping stations, with $50 million in local aid. But at least $250 million in crucial projects remained, even as hurricane activity in the Atlantic Basin increased dramatically and the levees surrounding New Orleans continued to subside.

Yet after 2003, the flow of federal dollars toward SELA dropped to a trickle. The Corps never tried to hide the fact that the spending pressures of the war in Iraq, as well as homeland security -- coming at the same time as federal tax cuts -- was the reason for the strain. At least nine articles in the Times-Picayune from 2004 and 2005 specifically cite the cost of Iraq as a reason for the lack of hurricane- and flood-control dollars.

Newhouse News Service, in an article posted late Tuesday night at The Times-Picayune Web site, reported: "No one can say they didn't see it coming. ... Now in the wake of one of the worst storms ever, serious questions are being asked about the lack of preparation."

In early 2004, as the cost of the conflict in Iraq soared, President Bush proposed spending less than 20 percent of what the Corps said was needed for Lake Pontchartrain, according to this Feb. 16, 2004, article, in New Orleans CityBusiness:

The $750 million Lake Pontchartrain and Vicinity Hurricane Protection project is another major Corps project, which remains about 20% incomplete due to lack of funds, said Al Naomi, project manager. That project consists of building up levees and protection for pumping stations on the east bank of the Mississippi River in Orleans, St. Bernard, St. Charles and Jefferson parishes.

The Lake Pontchartrain project is slated to receive $3.9 million in the president's 2005 budget. Naomi said about $20 million is needed.

"The longer we wait without funding, the more we sink," he said. "I've got at least six levee construction contracts that need to be done to raise the levee protection back to where it should be (because of settling). Right now I owe my contractors about $5 million. And we're going to have to pay them interest."
On June 8, 2004, Walter Maestri, emergency management chief for Jefferson Parish, Louisiana, told the Times-Picayune: "It appears that the money has been moved in the president's budget to handle homeland security and the war in Iraq, and I suppose that's the price we pay. Nobody locally is happy that the levees can't be finished, and we are doing everything we can to make the case that this is a security issue for us."

That June, with the 2004 hurricane seasion starting, the Corps' Naomi went before a local agency, the East Jefferson Levee Authority, and essentially begged for $2 million for urgent work that Washington was now unable to pay for. From the June 18, 2004 Times-Picayune:

"The system is in great shape, but the levees are sinking. Everything is sinking, and if we don't get the money fast enough to raise them, then we can't stay ahead of the settlement," he said. "The problem that we have isn't that the levee is low, but that the federal funds have dried up so that we can't raise them."
The panel authorized that money, and on July 1, 2004, it had to pony up another $250,000 when it learned that stretches of the levee in Metairie had sunk by four feet. The agency had to pay for the work with higher property taxes. The levee board noted in October 2004 that the feds were also now not paying for a hoped-for $15 million project to better shore up the banks of Lake Pontchartrain.

The 2004 hurricane season was the worst in decades. In spite of that, the federal government came back this spring with the steepest reduction in hurricane- and flood-control funding for New Orleans in history. Because of the proposed cuts, the Corps office there imposed a hiring freeze. Officials said that money targeted for the SELA project -- $10.4 million, down from $36.5 million -- was not enough to start any new jobs. According to New Orleans CityBusiness this June 5:

The district has identified $35 million in projects to build and improve levees, floodwalls and pumping stations in St. Bernard, Orleans, Jefferson and St. Charles parishes. Those projects are included in a Corps line item called Lake Pontchartrain, where funding is scheduled to be cut from $5.7 million this year to $2.9 million in 2006. Naomi said it's enough to pay salaries but little else.

"We'll do some design work. We'll design the contracts and get them ready to go if we get the money. But we don't have the money to put the work in the field, and that's the problem," Naomi said.
There was, at the same time, a growing recognition that more research was needed to see what New Orleans must do to protect itself from a Category 4 or 5 hurricane. But once again, the money was not there. As the Times-Picayune reported last Sept. 22:

That second study would take about four years to complete and would cost about $4 million, said Army Corps of Engineers project manager Al Naomi. About $300,000 in federal money was proposed for the 2005 fiscal-year budget, and the state had agreed to match that amount.

But the cost of the Iraq war forced the Bush administration to order the New Orleans district office not to begin any new studies, and the 2005 budget no longer includes the needed money, he said.
The Senate was seeking to restore some of the SELA funding cuts for 2006. But now it's too late. One project that a contractor had been racing to finish this summer was a bridge and levee job right at the 17th Street Canal, site of the main breach on Monday. The levee failure appears to be causing a human tragedy of epic proportions: "We probably have 80 percent of our city under water; with some sections of our city the water is as deep as 20 feet. Both airports are underwater," Mayor Ray Nagin told a radio interviewer.

The Newhouse News Service article published Tuesday night observed, "The Louisiana congressional delegation urged Congress earlier this year to dedicate a stream of federal money to Louisiana's coast, only to be opposed by the White House. ... In its budget, the Bush administration proposed a significant reduction in funding for southeast Louisiana's chief hurricane protection project. Bush proposed $10.4 million, a sixth of what local officials say they need."

Washington knew that this day could come at any time, and it knew the things that needed to be done to protect the citizens of New Orleans. But in the tradition of the riverboat gambler, the Bush administration decided to roll the dice on its fool's errand in Iraq, and on a tax cut that mainly benefitted the rich. Now Bush has lost that gamble, big time.

The president told us that we needed to fight in Iraq to save lives here at home. Yet -- after moving billions of domestic dollars to the Persian Gulf -- there are bodies floating through the streets of Louisiana. What does George W. Bush have to say for himself now?

Ever since I first read about this bird flu several months ago, I ‘ve always been hoping that it was a fluke and nothing would come of it. I’ve been tracking this from the beginning and it started out as an innocent little virus that only affected birds. Next thing you know it was mutating, people were contracting this from birds, people in Asia were then getting sick, there were reports of the virus having mutated to the point where it could be spread human to human. Now this news of a formal announcement. Actually I still hope it does turn out to be a fluke… but this story will just not go away. In fact, it appears to be gaining momentum.

Formal Announcement Of
Bird Flu In Europe Expected
Co-circulation of H5N1 And H7N7 Bird Flu In Europe?
By Dr. Henry L. Niman, PhD
Recombinomics.com
8-28-5
The announcement of bird flu in a seagull in Oulu, Finland on Friday will probably be followed by an announcement that H5N1 has indeed invaded Europe. Evidence from southern Siberia suggests H5N1 wild bird flu is in northern Siberia, and birds from northern Siberia migrate over Finland, so addition sightings will probably be reported next week (see map). Although tests of the current isolates are projected to last 3 weeks, sequencing of the HA cleavage site is routine, and such a sequence will almost certainly show the 6 basic amino acids (RRRKKR) that are diagnostic for H5N1 from Asia. and HPAI (Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza), a reporable disease.

H5 has been detected in Europe previously, and the H5 sequenced previously at Chany Lake in 2003 and Primorie in 2001 has many markers found in H5 in Europe. The European H5 reassorted with H7N7 in 2003 to generate H5N7 that was isolated from a mallard duck in Denmark, A/Mallard/64650/03(H5N7).

Because H5N1 from Asia has a multi-basic HA cleavage site, it more easily infects birds, including wild birds such as mallards. Reasortants are created when the same host is infected with two different viruses and H5N7 arose from H5 and H7N7 infecting the same host. The poly-basic cleavage site in H5N1 from Asia gives it a selective advantage and it will probably replace most of H5 from Europe.

The dual infection can also generate recombinants, which involve a mixing or portions of genes. The H5N1 from Qinghai Lake has acquired sequences from European swine via recombination, and its presence in Europe this year will lead to more dual infections and more recombination.

Co-circulation of H5N1 and H7N7 is particularly dangerous, because H7N7 is efficiently passed from human to human. Thus, H5N1 could acquire sequences allowing efficient human-to-human transmission, and this acquisition could happen in mallard ducks, which are known to be infected with H5 from Chany Lake, A/Anas platyrhynchos/Chany Lake/9/03(H5N3), or Primorie, A/duck/Primorie/2633/01(H5N3). Birds infected with H7N7 have also led to isolates from the Netherlands, A/avian/Netherlands/065/03(H7N7).

Although 30 million birds were culled in 2003 to halt the spread of H7N7, its potential return is quite real as is the possibility that H5N1 is already in Scandinavian countries, including Finland.

This potential co-circulation in Europe is clearly cause for concern.

H5N1 Wild Bird Flu Outbreaks August 2005

Color coded circles for wild bird H5N1:
May = Blue
June = Orange
July = Yellow
August 15 - Green
Current = Red

Green or Red squares are unconfirmed bird deaths

Hurricanes around this time of year are nothing new but this one that hit New Orleans is worth noting. Gas prices are already at an all time high but this will make it even worse because of the oil tankers that were re-routed and the refineries that were shut down. Consumers will start to feel the pinch in the immediate future.
From the looks of it, the devestation seems unbelievable. Natural disasters are a major part of the signs of the end times. As bad as this one was, we aint seen nuthin yet.

HURRICANE KATRINA
Heating, gas prices to feel storm's fury
Oil rigs abandoned, refineries closed, tankers turned away

By Robert Manor, Tribune staff reporter. Tribune wire services contributed to this report
Published August 30, 2005
Hurricane Katrina howled through the nation's energy markets Monday, forcing petroleum prices higher and almost certainly raising the cost of gasoline and home heating bills in the days ahead.

Oil spiked to $70.80 a barrel in overnight trading, before closing at $67.20 on the New York Mercantile Exchange, up $1.07 but short of the record close of $67.49 set Thursday. Prices for wholesale gasoline and natural gas leaped as well.

"This is unmitigated bad news for consumers," said Peter Beutel, an oil analyst with Cameron Hanover.

Some analysts estimated retail gasoline prices could rise by as much as 20 cents a gallon. That would be bad news for drivers in Chicago, which has among the highest gasoline prices in the nation, according to the AAA gas survey. Monday, regular gas in the city averaged $2.805 a gallon, above the state average of $2.703.

Illinois Gov. Rod Blagojevich has asked Atty. Gen. Lisa Madigan to "immediately" launch an investigation of potential price gouging at gas stations in Illinois, and Blagojevich and others have asked the federal government to release oil from the nation's Strategic Petroleum Reserve. The Bush administration said it would consider lending oil to refiners that request it.

Energy prices could increase more if damage to the petroleum infrastructure in the Gulf of Mexico is severe.

Kevin Kerr, president of Resource Trader Alert, said "$75 to $80 crude oil would certainly be possible if disruption was significant, and it appears it could be with Katrina."

When Katrina came ashore near New Orleans, she struck at one of the world's great centers for importing, producing and refining petroleum and the source for much of the nation's natural gas.

At least nine refineries in the Gulf of Mexico were closed. Together, they account for 12 percent of the nation's refining capacity. Scores of offshore oil and gas platforms were abandoned.

The extent of their damage will not be known for at least several days and may take weeks to assess.

The Louisiana Offshore Oil Port, the country's largest terminal for receiving imported petroleum, closed Saturday. It ordinarily handles 11 percent of U.S. imports.

Meanwhile, tankers bearing crude and liquefied natural gas from around the world were forced to detour away from ports in Texas, Louisiana and Mississippi.

"Until the workers who were evacuated can go back to the platforms and refineries, we really won't know how bad the damage is," said Doug MacIntyre, a senior oil market analyst with the federal Energy Information Administration.

MacIntyre noted that Hurricane Ivan, a weaker storm than Katrina, did much more extensive damage than first thought when it plowed through the gulf last year. U.S. oil production fell to its lowest level since 1950 as a result of Ivan, and gas prices were higher for months.

Any long interruption of refining and oil and gas production in the gulf could have serious consequences for the nation. There is little spare capacity elsewhere in the world to produce and refine crude.

"The [refining] industry was operating at 95 or 96 percent capacity over the summer," said Bob Slaughter, president of the National Petrochemical & Refiners Association. "That doesn't leave much room for problems."

The gulf produces a major share of the nation's natural gas and is home to one of the few ports in North America that is able to accept liquefied natural gas from abroad.

September gasoline futures climbed 7 percent Monday, to $2.0606, in NYMEX trading. Natural gas contracts for September delivery jumped 11 percent, to $10.847. Trading in some natural gas futures was halted for a time because of reports of damage to facilities near New Orleans.

Utility companies like Peoples Gas and Nicor are buying and storing natural gas now for winter use. Ordinarily, this saves consumers money because natural gas is typically cheaper in the summer. That has not been the case this year, however.

Although Katrina hit in the Gulf of Mexico, the effect on natural gas prices will be felt here.

"We do know this will affect our customers," said Peoples spokeswoman Elizabeth Castro. "We don't know the exact extent at this time. I am already expecting a high gas bill."

Katrina's effect on energy prices could have been worse, however. The storm was downgraded from a Category 5, the fiercest of hurricanes, to a Category 4 as it came ashore.

"If the storm had been Category 5 all the way through, it could have been a devastating blow to the U.S. oil industry," said Phil Flynn, energy analyst for Alaron Trading Corp. of Chicago. "It could have had a devastating effect on our economy."

Katrina may cost insurers record $25 billion
Mon Aug 29, 2005 11:33 AM ET
By Jonathan Stempel
NEW YORK (Reuters) - Hurricane Katrina may be the most expensive hurricane ever to hit the United States, costing insurers as much as $25 billion, a storm modeler said on Monday.
Shares of many insurers and reinsurers, which provide insurance for insurers, fell, although analysts say regulators often let insurers charge higher premiums after bad weather results in big payouts.
"We expect the bulk of damage to be wind-related, but there is significant flood risk to commercial insurers," said Thomas Larsen, senior vice president at the modeler, Eqecat Inc. of Oakland, California.
Katrina made landfall this morning about 65 miles south-southeast (105 kph) of New Orleans as a Category 4 storm with winds of 140 miles per hour (225 kph), the National Hurricane Center said.
In morning trading, Allstate Corp. fell $1.10, or 1.9 percent, to $56.85; Hartford Financial Services Group Inc. fell 81 cents, or 1.1 percent, to $73.90, and St. Paul Travelers Cos. fell 62 cents, or 1.4 percent, to $44.12.
In Europe, Munich Re shares fell 0.7 percent and Swiss Re fell 0.6 percent.
HOMEOWNERS
On Sunday, with Katrina bearing down on New Orleans, Eqecat said losses could top $30 billion, but then the storm weakened slightly and veered east. "The track shifted east 25 miles, which relieved some pressure on New Orleans because it put the city on the weak side of the storm," said Larsen.
Eqecat now estimates a maximum $25 billion payout, which would make Katrina more expensive than Hurricane Andrew, the costliest U.S. hurricane ever, according to the Insurance Information Institute.
It often takes days or weeks after a major storm to assess damage, and several insurers on Monday said it was too soon to estimate losses. Katrina may have generated $2 billion in claims when it tore through Florida on Friday, analysts said.
Bob Hartwig, the insurance group's chief economist, said payouts to homeowners may top those for business interruption, "given that the eye did not go over New Orleans."

This guy's seriously is going off the deep end. If an average Joe made these claims people would think he was totally off his rocker and needs help immediately. But hey, since he’s been in movies, he would be considered a deep, mysterious, spiritual person who connects with his inner self. Talk about double standards. Tom Cruise is being used to promote the new age movement which is setting the foundation for the new world religion.

CRUISE - I HAVE LIVED BEFORE
Star's bizarre claim
By Ian Markham-Smith
TOM CRUISE reckons he has lived before and was even more talented and successful in his previous lives.
The eccentric War Of The Worlds star told a press conference that he is "old beyond reckoning".
And despite all his wealth and fame, he believes his current life is "probably one of the least satisfying" he has led.
Cruise, a devoted follower of the bizarre Church of Scientology, said: "I was much happier in previous existences when I wrote plays, composed music, conquered nations, discovered continents and developed cures for diseases"I only took my present form because Bingodulla, whom all Scientologists worship as the Supreme Thetan, selected me to spread the gospel of Scientology to the glib, uninformed masses.
"I really would have preferred being a brain surgeon or a research scientist in this life."
Cruise, 43, told how he has known and loved his latest fiancee, Dawson's Creek star Katie Holmes, "many times in many lives before".
He said: "When I was languishing in prison before being sent to exile, she used to send me notes hidden inthe collar of her pug dog. She's my eternal soulmate."
Cruise said the"sheer joy"of finding Katie again in his current life was something non-Scientologists could never understand.
He added: "I know the history of this woman.Other people don't.
"Until you've been with a partner in countless past lives, you'll never know the joy of rediscovering that partner in your present life. It's a joy I wish for all of you."
Cruise hit the headlines in June when he criticised Brooke Shields for seeing a psychiatrist and taking anti-depressants to get over post-natal depression.
And at his news conference, a Scientology-themed event with selected reporters from his fan club's newsletter, he claimed that Brooke was the lover of the founder of modern psychiatry, Sigmund Freud, in a previous life.
He said: "I could tell you stories about Brooke.
"She was the mistress of Sigmund Freud, you know. Is it any wonder she promotes his discredited theories? She's so confused.

Are they getting ready for something here? I smell something fishy.

The Daily Record

August 28, 2005

Britain's elite get pills to survive bird flu
Sarah-Kate Templeton and Jonathan Calvert

MEMBERS of Britain’s elite have been selected as priority cases to receive scarce pills and vaccinations at the taxpayers’ expense if the country is hit by a deadly bird flu outbreak.
Workers at the BBC and prominent politicians — such as cabinet ministers — would be offered protection from the virus.

Ken Livingstone, the London mayor, has already spent £1m to make sure his personal office and employees have their own emergency supplies of 100,000 antiviral tablets.

If there is an avian flu pandemic in the coming months there would be enough drugs to protect less than 2% of the British population for a week.

The Department of Health has drawn up a priority list of those who would be first to receive lifesaving drugs. Top of the list are health workers followed by those in key public sector jobs.

Although senior government ministers would be among the high-priority cases, the department said this weekend that it had not decided whether to include opposition politicians.

BBC employees would be protected because the corporation is required to broadcast vital information during a national disaster.

Politicians and the media have been placed before sick patients, heavily pregnant women and elderly people by government planners.

Yesterday, leading BBC presenters were surprised to learn that they would be given preferential treatment. Jeff Randall, the BBC’s business editor, said: “Are you really telling me that I am on a priority list for bird flu jabs? Marvellous. I always knew there would be an advantage from working at the BBC.”

John Humphrys, presenter of BBC Radio 4’s Today programme, said: “I think if I were offered the jab I would probably pass it on to someone 40 years younger than me.”

Nick Clarke, presenter of BBC Radio 4’s World at One, said: “I’m sure I wouldn’t qualify. My programme has news and comment and the one thing you can do without in a pandemic is comment . . . They would want to have Huw Edwards and reassuring newsreaders on radio.”

Fears that a “doomsday” virus may sweep the world have been heightened by the recent spread of the lethal strain of avian flu, H5N1. The death toll, estimated at 120, has been of people whose work brought them into close contact with infected birds. Scientists have warned that millions could die if H5N1 mutates.

The Department of Health would not currently be able to cope with such an onslaught. Although it has ordered 14.6m doses of Tamiflu, an antiviral drug thought to be effective against the H5N1 strain, only 900,000 doses are in stock so far. The full supply will not be delivered until March 2007, at a total cost of about £100m.

Besides the NHS and BBC, firemen, police and the armed forces are among those listed in the two top-priority groups to receive the vaccine.

8/22/05 - 8/28/05

2005-08-23T13:33:00.000-07:00

Now why would a high profile religious leader provoke another country, causing even more disdain than there already is aroud the world for the U.S.? Why would he want to add another potential enemy to the ever growing list? Doesn’t it appear to fit the plans of the agenda to weaken the U.S. to the point where it will be viewed as a global threat by other nations? The U.S. image needs to be weakened in order for the NWO to realistically come into the picture. Pat Robertson is a shill for the global elite acting as a fundamentalist Christian. He is smearing the image of Christians by his actions as well.

Published on Wednesday, August 24, 2005 by CommonDreams.org
Is Pat Robertson Out of His Mind or in the Loop?
by Bill C. Davis

There is something not only rotten but seemingly deranged in the state of mind of Republican leaders. I would call Pat Robertson a Republican leader. He did well in a few Republican primaries back in 1988 until scandal hit the whole Evangelical enterprise, which Mr. Robertson assumed was a Bush Sr./Lee Atwater conspiracy. It seemed convenient, he thought, that the scandal hit just as he was hitting his stride.
Reverend Pat made peace and perhaps a pact with the powers that be and currently has a direct line to the White House. He, with Jerry Falwell, claims to have helped make the double-barrel-two term Bush presidency possible. On Monday the iconic American Christian using the language of gangsters endorsed the assassination of Hugo Chavez so we could save 200 billion dollars. The assumption was that the only two alternatives to dealing with an elected leader who is critical of the military industrial complex running our country is to "take him out" or to wage a war. He presents the options and then chooses the less expensive one.
One does pause to wonder if he is not a loose cannon but that the direct line to the White House runs both ways. If in fact Venezuela and Iran are considering an oil embargo against the US, this may not be a random Christian perspective from the baby- faced aw-shucks father figure for the consumers of sign-on-the-dotted-line religion. Could this be a request from the top? Either Mr. Robertson is truly out of his mind or he is "useful," a word that Rumsfeld loves to use. When asked about the comment Rumsfeld referred to Robertson as a "private citizen" and rather than condemn the comment he said, "private citizens say all kinds of things all the time. Next question."
How would this endorsement of assassination from the giddy Evangelical be "useful" and to whom would it be useful? Does a holy Christian man rattling a saber make any sense to the essential logic of Christ? On the subject of sabers, rattling or penetrating, Christ said, if you live by the sword you die by the sword.
But here is the most amazing, confounding thing Christ said - Love your enemy. This phrase means nothing to the most boisterous Christians like Pat Robertson. To them, this phrase is invisible. In their minds, it is a soft, silly lapse in the Savior's prescription for the salvation of the world. The Passion of Christ was a bloody canvas for paranoid sadism. The prime actors against Jesus, the alleged center of Pat Robertson's universe, were soldiers taking orders from the likes of Mr. Robertson. Pat Robertson sees an assassin and an army as legitimate functionaries in realizing his view of a safe and decent world.
We can certainly paraphrase the question standing before the president in Crawford: "What noble cause did my son die for?" What noble cause will be served by Pat Robertson's Fatwa?
In December 2000 the incoming administration declared Hugo Chavez a threat because he was selling oil to Cuba. And now, if Venezuela is going to block the sale of their nationalized oil to the U.S. what does that mean to a Christian leader? Does he have investments he's worried about? Does he believe Venezuela will be a conduit for terrorism and communism and anti-Christian principles? Does he want to make that case or would he prefer that his government "off" an elected leader who just happens to urge OPEC convert officially the standard of buying oil from the dollar to the Euro?
Hugo Chavez speaks at length to his people over the TV - and he reads to them. One of his favorite authors to read to his people is Walt Whitman. At the Youth Conference in Caracas earlier this month he called the people of the U.S. “brothers” to Venezuela. He embraced the traditions of Walt Whitman and Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and gave them as examples of the progressive history of the U.S. Walt Whitman understood spirit and America. Pat Robertson contradicts both.
One would think the FCC, under some aspect of the Patriot Act might revoke Robertson's license to broadcast. If he's out of his mind they might - if he's in the loop - they won't. Stay tuned.

I wonder what would have happened if the table were turned and a Muslim leader from a middle eastern country called for the assassination of George Bush? Wouldn’t he have been labeled a “terrorist”? What would other countries think of Pat Robertson? Of course the U.S. public is insulated from understanding the foreign public’s perception of their rapidly deteriorating image.

Venezuela angry over evangelist's assassination call
By Hal Weitzman in Lima
Published: August 23 2005 20:05 | Last updated: August 23 2005 23:43

Venezuela's government reacted angrily on Tuesday to calls by Pat Robertson, the US televangelist, for President Hugo Chávez to be assassinated.
José Vicente Rangel, vice-president, said that how US authorities responded would demonstrate their commitment to fighting terrorism. “It's deeply hypocritical to talk about fighting terrorism while at the same time, within that country, there are obvious terrorist statements,” he said.
Mr Robertson made his comments on Monday on The 700 Club, a programme broadcast by his Christian Broadcasting Network. The preacher said killing Mr Chávez would prevent Venezuela becoming a “launching pad” for extremism.
“If he thinks we're trying to assassinate him, I think that we really ought to go ahead and do it,” Mr Robertson said in reference to a claim Mr Chávez made in June that he had evidence that the US wanted him dead. “This is a dangerous enemy to our south controlling a huge pool of oil.”
Sean McCormack, US State Department spokesman, said in Washington on Tuesday: “We don't share his view and his comments are inappropriate.
“Any allegations that we are planning to take hostile action against the Venezuela government are completely baseless and without fact.”
In Caracas, Desire Santos Amaral, a pro-Chávez politician, called Mr Robertson a “fascist” whose opinions were “part of the policies of aggression from the rightwing in the North”.
Bernardo Alvarez, Venezuela's ambassador to the US, urged the Bush administration to condemn Mr Robertson's comments “in the strongest terms”. “It's essential that the US government guarantee [Mr Chávez's] safety when he visits this country in the future, including his scheduled visits to the United Nations in New York,” Mr Alvarez said.
The US government has explicitly banned assassinations since 1976.
The Bush administration has not tried to hide its concern about the ambitions of Mr Chávez, a radical nationalist, to increase his influence in the region. US officials have frequently expressed worries that the Venezuelan president is using his oil wealth to meddle in unstable South American countries such as Ecuador and Bolivia.
In Paraguay last week, Donald Rumsfeld, US defence secretary, said Venezuela and Cuba had been influencing Bolivia “in unhelpful ways”.
Analysts said yesterday the incident would help to strengthen Mr Chávez's profile in the region as a leader who provides a political alternative to US power.
Mr Chávez frequently attacks Washington. In a radio address from Havana on Sunday, Mr Chávez, sitting alongside Fidel Castro, said: “The grand destroyer of the world, and the greatest threat . . . is represented by US imperialism.”

Could this be the catalyst for a global economic meltdown? Look out for flu season this winter. We’re looking at record oil prices, an ugly situation with Iran and a potential epidemic all converging this winter. Next year could get intereseting.

Pandemic could trigger second Depression
CTV.ca News Staff
One of the biggest brokerage firms in Canada is sounding an alarm over the potential economic disaster that could result from an influenza pandemic.
Avian influenza has killed more than 50 people in Asia over the last two years and has led to the cull of millions of birds.
Now, financial experts are urging Canadian businesses to work with governments to prevent the spread of bird flu should it blow into a pandemic, and take measures to prevent a crisis that could reach the heights of the Great Depression.
In what's thought to be the first report of its kind, BMO Nesbitt Burns has issued a document, titled An Investor's Guide to Avian Flu.
The firm said its goal was twofold: to encourage the business community to get involved in planning and helping finance efforts to limit the effects of a possible pandemic; and to get Canadians to reconsider their buoyant optimism in the market.
""I think it's important to highlight the potential risk," said Sherri Cooper, the report's co-author and chief economist and executive vice-president of BMO Financial Group.
"I'm not trying to assess the probably of a pandemic. But it's out there, and it's frightening," she told CTV News.
Some of the repercussions projected in the report, were a pandemic were to break out, include:
• A dramatic slowdown in the economy, equal to the Great Depression. A rampant decline in spending would result from people panicking, which would put a sudden stop in spending.
• High levels of unemployment, with many people unable to work.
• Travel restrictions on the free-flow of goods and people across borders. "In a world that depends so heavily on global trade, this would have a very damaging effect on economic activity," said Cooper.
• A collapse in the housing market.
The report adds if there were to be a serious pandemic that leads to high death rates, a surge in housing supply would be met with a reduction in demand. "And just like during the Depression, there would be a collapse in real estate values," said Cooper.
According to the report, those who have saved their money would be able to then buy property cheaply. But Cooper said too many Canadians these days are over-leveraged, and saddled with too much debt: "And if something goes wrong in their personal income flow, they're vulnerable."
Cooper wrote the report with Donald Coxe, a global portfolio strategist for BMO Financial Group. They advise Canadians to invest conservatively and exercise prudence in their financial life.
"Stop buying things that you can't afford to buy," Cooper said. "Pay down your debt with that little bit of extra money that you may have at the end of the month.
Joseph D'Cruz, of Toronto's Rotman School of Management, said his initial reaction to the report was that it was "somewhat sensational." But he told CTV News that he believes its fundamental ideas could prove to be practical, as "there is a small possibility things will work out the way this report presents."
Public health officials, meanwhile, seem to support the warning from the financial sector.
"I would strongly urge businesses to work with local government and emergency teams to plan for the impact of a pandemic influenza," said Dr. Arlene King, the Public Health Agency of Canada's director of immunization and respiratory infectious diseases division.
King added that the BMO plan isn't alarmist. "It's good planning," she told CTV News. She said business leaders need to identify the critical functions of their operations and to have contingency plans in place for an emergency.
King mentions teleworking -- where an employee can work from home, communicating electronically with the office -- as one example of a plan, "where people can stay home and still function. But not necessarily in the workplace."
The World Health Organization and public health leaders have been warning for some time that the world may be on the verge of a pandemic -- the first since 1968.
Adding considerably to their concern is the fact that the strain they fear will trigger a pandemic, the H5N1 avian flu ravaging poultry flocks of Southeast Asia, is highly virulent.
The report urges governments of the world's wealthiest nations to provide the resources necessary to countries in Asia where the bird flu epidemic has already taken hold.
"In today's world, the economy is borderless and so are public health and terrorism risks. Forget the 'each-man-for-himself' psychology of protectionist and anti-globalization rhetoric," reads the report.
"Like it or not, we are all in this together, and we are all dragged downward by the weakest links."

Thanks to the internet, many people are now open to the possibility of the various recent terror attacks being inside jobs. How many more times can the elite dupe the public before the cover is blown open? How many people will fall for it again when the big one is unleashed? Every day that passes, there are more and more people waking up. You have to wonder how patient the global elite will be?

Danger Of Staged Terror Attack at Red Alert Level
Will Sheehan force establishment's hand or can they fend her off?
Paul Joseph Watson/Prison Planet | August 21 2005

Recent events and news developments paint a clear picture of an establishment under intense heat and backed into a corner with no perceivable escape route.
At no greater time since 9/11 than during the next few months have we faced such an imminent danger of a staged terror attack being carried out to reign in the seeds of dissent and again rally the sleeping masses behind the elite.
The Globalists are like heroin junkies, every time they carry out an attack the gas mileage obtained from it in terms of getting a free pass from the public on anything they wish to push through gets weaker and weaker.
Those boys have cried wolf so many times they only still hold credibility amongst the most docile of sheep.
Only an attack on the scale of or greater than 9/11, as Bush is holed up safely in his Hollywood studio ranch, will allow them the leeway to fulfil their greedy and dark desires.
Revealing the true nature of their cowardice, we turn our eyes to Crawford Texas and see that one American housewife has the might of the establishment cornered like the man behind the curtain in The Wizard of Oz.
But will Cindy's Sheehan's efforts ultimately be co-opted?
Sheehan's simple and genuine message has held steadfast in the face of numerous smear campaigns by the establishment mouthpiece pseudo-press.
We must be very careful to remember that the Drudge Report, Sean Hannity and O'Reilly do not represent a political persuasion that truly encompasses any thinking American. On every single issue they support the government and since many of the government's actions cannot be called 'conservative' in the true sense of the word, the Neo-Con attack machine therefore does not represent real conservatives.

We must also consider that Sheehan will be manipulated by the left at every turn. Since both left and right ultimately share the same agenda, to prop up the establishment and misdirect people from real issues, a more sophisticated left gatekeeper movement could succeed in convincing Sheehan to go home.
Expect empty shell Democrats like Nancy Pelosi, John Conyers and Maxine Waters to collect signatures for a petition demanding Bush meet with Sheehan. Sheehan will take this as a result and go home. Bush will ignore the petition and another event will push the whole issue to one side.
Remember the Downing Street Memo? That jack got put right back in the box after Democrats got hold of it and allowed the Neo-Cons to dismiss it as partisan nonsense.
Hopefully Sheehan will resist all outside influences and just stick to her original message. If she does so, it makes the threat of a false flag event all the greater.
The strategy of tension continues with the nuclear attack drill targeting Charleston having just wrapped up. Many warned that the attack could go live as happened on 9/11 and 7/7. Merely shining a spotlight on the possibility ensured that it didn't.
According to military sources Dick Cheney "spends his entire day consumed with issues of terrorism and U.S. nuclear retaliation in the Middle East if an attack on American soil occurs."

America Conservative reported that Cheney has already given the green light for an attack on Iran in the immediate aftermath of the next terror strike in the US, even if Iran have nothing to do with it.
Generals both privately and publicly have told of their fears of a large scale attack in the coming weeks.
We don't have a crystal ball but it's very clear that the timetable for Russia to fuel Iran's nuclear reactors and the timetable for Israel or America to strike one or more of the reactors is about to overlap. You can't fit a square peg into a round hole and Russia's foreign ministry made that very clear this week in stating that the consequences of an American/Israeli attack would be "barely predictable."
If we make it through the rest of the year without a major terror attack then consider it a battle won in an ongoing war of psyop vs. counter-psyop. Eternal vigilance is a safeguard of liberty and a society that wishes to remain free should watch its government at all times with the intensity of a hawk that stalks its prey.

I thought the disengagement of Gaza was for ‘peace’?
I guess a police state is considered ‘peace’ according to these megalomaniacs. In fact, that is exactly how they think and that’s what they are shooting for.

MK Elon: 'This is a Police State'
01:50 Aug 21, '05 / 16 Av 5765
By Tzvi Ben Gedalyahu

Police prevented Sderot residents from protesting near PM Sharon's ranch and barred a terror victim's family from traveling for psychological help. MK Elon says Israel has become a "police state."

Knesset Member Benny Elon (National Union) spent the Sabbath opposite Prime Minister Ariel Sharon's Sycamore Ranch, protesting the expulsion of Jews from Gaza and northern Samaria. He said police blocked Sderot residents who tried to join him. "It is unbelievable how they gag people," Elon exclaimed. "The [government] campaign 'for every evacuee there is a solution' was a lie."

The legislator said that both deception and roadblocks restricting citizens' freedom of movement have turned the country into a police state.

Yonatan Abukasis, whose daughter Ella was killed by a Kassam rocket while she was
protecting her brother during an attack in Sderot last year, said he police blockades prevented him from taking his family this past week for psychological treatment in Ashkelon, several miles west of Sderot. Police had closed off all the roads to prevent expulsion opponents from approaching Gush Katif.

"If Sharon thinks he is right, why does he hide in his house," he asked. "My daughter is hiding in a grave and he embraces his Shabaknikim [government internal security agents] at his ranch.

Police Saturday night fanned out at major intersections in an attempt to prevent expulsion opponents from blocking the country's roads. Supporters of expulsion victims visited them at hotels throughout the country Saturday.

The government intends to complete the expulsion of all Jews from Gaza on Sunday and Monday. Residents of Netzarim, Katif, Slav, Atzmona and Elei Sinai remained in their communities for the Sabbath.

The Cabinet is to convene on Sunday and vote on continuing with the expulsion of four northern Samaria communities later in the week. Residents of Ganim and Kadim have left their homes, and security officials have tried to block non-residents from arriving at Homesh and Sa-Nur. Thousands have begun to gather in the nearby community of Kedumim instead, using it as a launching-point for excursions on foot toward the threatened communities.

The stage is continuing to be set for the global acceptance of a mandatory implanted microchip. “Hey it’s no big deal, I already have one from da club! It’s da bomb!!”

Techno-generation Cash, card or microchip

At a bar in Barcelona, select clientele can pay for drinks and access the VIP lounge at the scan of a tiny implanted digital tag. Julius Purcell goes where the chip crowd go
On a warm summer night in Barcelona, the dance floor of the Baja Beach Club is a writhing mass of locals and tourists. The normal punters here still have to go through the tiresome rituals of queuing for entry, waiting at the bar, fumbling for change, and fretting about the safety of their wallets. But for the lucky members of the Baja's VIP lounge, a magic chip implanted in their arm does it all for them. The cybernetic disco has arrived.
It's midnight, and time for the VIP lounge to open. Footballers Ronaldinho and Eto'o are sometimes here, though apparently not tonight. At the entrance, there's no lists of names, just a computer. Baja Beach Club director Conrad Chase is on hand to show how it works.
"Some of us who work at Baja already have the implant," he explains, rolling up his sleeve. "It's somewhere about here..." he murmurs, feeling his upper arm. He runs the scanner device over himself, and the computer instantly reads his 16-digit ID code. A photo pops up on the screen with his name, and the security man jokily waves the boss through.
Chase is a dynamic, bouncy American, always with an eye on the next new thing. He's also a household name in Spain, having just starred in the country's Big Brother, which may explain why he's just been mobbed by a crowd of Spanish girls wanting his photo.
"Actually, we started the VIP bar precisely to stop our famous guests getting mobbed," he explains, with a touch of fellow feeling. "We wanted to offer them a membership card that was modern and cool, and it was then, last year, that I discovered the chip idea on some geek website."
VeriChip, as the technology is called, is manufactured by Applied Digital Solutions, a Florida-based company, and so far is the only chip on the market that can be embedded in humans. The chip is tiny, about the size of a pen point, and can be painlessly injected into the arm by any qualified nurse (Chase insists that at the Baja they only do this "early in the evening"). The scanning software, VeriPay, is operated by Windows.
Currently, there are more than 90 chipped VIP members of the Baja; staff won't be drawn on whether these include Ronaldinho (not all VIPs have opted for the device). Those that have, Chase explains, can run a tab on a central computer, which they can check up on with a wave of the arm. Chase is keen to point out the impossibility of credit-card details somehow leaking out. "It's a closed, pre-pay system we use here. Bills for drinks are simply debited off their Baja accounts."
He does admit that the chips seem to make his guests spend more money. "People like to play with it; they want to see the system working."
The technology is still very much a novelty. Chase, who says the Baja in Barcelona was the first disco in the world to use VeriChip, has now introduced it in its sister club in Rotterdam. He also knows of clubs in London and Miami which are considering buying it.
Applied Digital has been manufacturing electronic chips for years, mainly as a tagging device for the movement of goods, salmon stocks and domestic animals. Then, last autumn, the US Food and Drug Administration cleared the use of the VeriChip for implanting medical details in patients, a potential life-saver at accident scenes. With this official thumbs-up, use of VeriChip in humans could spread across various sectors. Along with leisure applications such as those at the Baja, implanted chips can be used by office staff and security officers to access restricted areas.
Applied Digital's director of technical solutions, Craig J Almaraz, says that the company does not know, for privacy reasons, how many people now have chips implanted in them. The applications such chips will be put to, he predicts, will also vary from place to place: "I foresee the security market growing worldwide, while in the US it will be more towards the healthcare area," he says.
Almaraz stresses that VeriChip is a passive tagging device: it can only reveal its encrypted data when "woken up" by the external Applied Digital-manufactured scanner. Although Applied Digital also produces active tracking devices, the need for a power supply means that these are still fairly chunky affairs - certainly, for now, far to big to implant.
Given the novelty of such technology, it's impossible not to speculate on its future uses. Will a chip ever be able to detect cancer? Almaraz doesn't see why "multiple bio-sensing capabilities" couldn't eventually be developed.
One application that may be realised rather sooner is the VeriChip's use in a "smart gun". Firearms manufacturer FN Herstal is researching the possibilities of installing VeriChip-readers in its guns. Only the owner, who has the corresponding chip implanted in their hand, will then be able to fire it.
While the Baja Beach Club's innovative use of the VeriChip has caused much interest, Almaraz says that nobody can predict with any accuracy if credit cards, ID and keys will one day all be bundled into one tiny personal chip. Privacy and fraud concerns aside, chips with everything is a tantalising proposition. "My own personal opinion," Almaraz says, "is that this is where technology and evolution is now moving us."
© 2005 Independent News & Media (UK) Ltd.

This really puts the secret societies, freemasonry, Davinci Code theory, the current political climate and alien phenomenon all together to form the mother of all conspiracies. Don’t be surprised to see this scenario unfold in the near future.

Alien Agenda
and the Return of the Stargods

I have been saying for some time now that when Israel is at war and the world is on the edge of nuclear war, it is then that the ancient Stargods of old will return to rescue Israel. The alien forces will have a head of their council known to us as antichrist. Israel will see this war as the Second Coming because they will in their minds been saved from Armageddon. The alien occupied forces will set up Jerusalem as the new world capital of the New World Order.
Alien Agenda Goals

1. Promote the existance of aliens in all the media.
2. Discover water on Mars or the Moon to convince the public that there may be life out there.
3. Destroy the evolution theory that we evolved by accident. Lay the ground work for the idea that man was created in a test-tube by aliens. (this is where Zechariah Sitchen stepped in).
4. Promote the idea that there are both good aliens and bad aliens so that when the good aliens rescue Israel we will naturally align ourselves with the so-called good aliens in order to fight the bad ones. The bad ones will be seen as the grays and the Reptilians that have taken over all the governments of the world. In the name of a new alliance of peace they must all be weeded out and removed. Since all government will be seen as infiltrated and corrupt, the world will run into the arms of their new masters. It will be a time of wars and rumors of wars and the time of the White horse weeding out the corrupt. It will be a time of peace through war. In other words "war is peace." The antichrist will be seen as the greatest military genius ever in the history of mankind.
"And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals, and I heard, as it were the noise of thunder, one of the four beasts saying, Come and see. And I saw, and behold a white horse: and he that sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given unto him: and he went forth conquering, and to conquer." Rev 6:1-2
5. Before the Return of the Stargods release new ancient manuscripts reinforcing the idea that our real fathers in heaven (the Elohim) are Stargods who are going to return to save mankind. One such manuscript is the Angel scroll whose prophecy states that when Israel is about to be destroyed, (by the evil governments), thousands of "sun disks" will come down from the sky to save her.
6. Begin to reinforce the myth that Jesus survived the cross and had children that became Royalty. Show this Royalty as in a good light, and the governments of republics as evil replacements. This will pave the way for the alien government of 10 god Kings from the stars. Make it appear that it was certain secret societies that preserved this knowledge of the god kings of Jesus and that it was the Reptilian Vatican that suppressed this true knowledge of Jesus surviving and his children ruling in France and elsewhere. Make it appear that the secret societies were forced into secrecy by evil forces apposed to their so-called holy secret.
7. When the Rapture of God's elect takes place shortly before the Return of the Stargods and war in Israel, make it appear that it is not a Rapture but in fact the Second Coming instead. Make it appear that the trouble makers were removed to prove who the antichrist government is. Have the alien forces show in scripture (Matt. 13) how it was prophesied that the "tares" would be removed and that Elohim have come to set up a new kingdom of 1000 years. It in fact will only survive 3 1/2 years until Satan enters into the son of perdition to seize all power from the government of the 10 ruling kings of the new Atlantis. It will be a world coup setting Satan up as the final leader of the world. All opposition will be struck down including Israel. Untold bloodshed and brutality will erupt as the red devil begins to ride.
"And there went out another horse that was red: and power was given to him that sat thereon to take peace from the earth, and that they should kill one another: and there was given unto him a great sword." Rev 6:4
"And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations. And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world." Rev 13:7-8
Satan will come in the flesh to overthrow the New Age kingdom and declare himself to be the only true god. He will not share his evil glory with anyone else and he will demand to be worshiped as the true and only living god of all gods. The New World religion (apostasy) will come to an end because there will be only one form or worship, and that will be himself as almighty god of the universe.

"Let no one deceive you by any means; for that Day will not come unless the falling away (apostasy) comes first, and the man of sin is revealed, the son of perdition, who opposes and exalts himself above all that is called God or that is worshiped, so that he sits as God in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God." II Th 2:3-4
The final phase will be the return of the real Messiah Jesus Christ with all His elect to destroy Satan's kingdom once and for all.

8/15/05 - 8/21/05

2005-08-15T14:08:00.000-07:00

As predicted, things are really starting to get ugly in Gaza. The only question is…how much uglier will it get? The disengagement was implemented with the purpose of increasing the chance of peace in this region. How does pissing off a whole nation and and kicking 10,000 residents out of their homes accomplish this? Do you really think they will just accept this and walk away peacefully? Where’s the peace in all this? I don’t see it. Clearly there is another agenda at work here.

Israeli troops begin forced Gaza evictions
Woman sets self afire in protest
From Guy Raz and Paula Hancocks
CNN
Wednesday, August 17, 2005; Posted: 10:50 a.m. EDT (14:50 GMT)
JERUSALEM (CNN) -- Israeli troops Wednesday entered the largest Jewish settlement in Gaza, Neveh Dekalim, to evacuate as many as 4,000 people, many of whom had barricaded themselves inside a synagogue.
In protest against the evacuations, a 54-year-old woman in the Israeli city of Netivot set herself on fire Wednesday, police said. She was taken to a Beer Sheva hospital in serious condition. A protest was being held at a junction nearby, authorities said.
In Neveh Dekalim, unarmed Israeli soldiers led or carried away settlers or protesters who had infiltrated the settlements. Some of them were angry and tearful. Buses full of troops and policemen were brought in to transport them.
"I don't want to, I don't want to," screamed one woman as she was carried away, The Associated Press reported.
Officials said four troops would be brought in for every person refusing to leave. The buses transported settlers to temporary housing.
Israel Defense Forces Southern Command said that 60 percent of settlers had left Gaza by Wednesday afternoon.
3 killed on West Bank
On the West Bank on Wednesday, a Jewish settler grabbed a gun from an Israeli guard and opened fire on Palestinian workers in an industrial area of the Shilo settlement, killing three Palestinians, Israeli police said. Two Palestinians were wounded.
The settler, from the nearby Shvut Rahel settlement, was arrested.
It was not immediately known if the shooting was related to the evacuations. The two West Bank settlements involved are not among those to be evacuated.
The withdrawal is part of Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon's plan to remove settlers from Gaza and four small areas of the West Bank, along with the Israeli troops who guard them, in hopes of reinvigorating the Israeli-Palestinian peace process.
During televised remarks Wednesday, Sharon said, "There are difficult incidents ... largely because of the actions of youngsters, teenagers" who have infiltrated the settlements. "They are making what is happening more difficult."
Some settlers don't wish to leave because they believe Gaza is part of the traditional Jewish homeland. Other secular Israelis say they believe the move rewards terrorists and will lead to more attacks from Palestinian militant groups.
The air in Neveh Dekalim was thick with smoke from fires set by protesters. Troops were attempting to extinguish the blazes. Demonstrators also threw bottles and eggs at Israeli soldiers.
People were arrested during the evacuations, although the exact number was not available.
Neveh Dekalim was among six to eight settlements set to be evacuated Wednesday as part of Israeli efforts to evacuate about 9,000 settlers from Gaza.
There are 21 settlements in Gaza, and the deadline for the settlers to voluntarily leave passed Monday, although they were given a 48-hour grace period.
In addition to Nevah Dekalim, IDF and Israeli police forces had entered the settlements of Ganei Tal, Tel Katifa and Kerem Atzmona, according to an IDF statement, and the evacuation of Tel Katifa was complete.
Also completed, were evacuations of Bedolah, Morag, Slav, Rufiah Yam, Gadid and Peat Sadeh settlements, Israeli police said.
According to IDF and Israeli police on Wednesday afternoon, 583 houses and public buildings had been evacuated of the 2,206 houses and public buildings in Gaza's Israeli communities.
About half of Neveh Dekalim's residents have left, but many of those remaining had said they were prepared to resist the Israeli pullout from Gaza. The settlement has 2,600 permanent residents, but that number has increased because of hundreds of protesters.
At least 1,000 people had shut themselves inside a synagogue, which could prove difficult for Israeli troops to evacuate.
"You should be ashamed at what you are doing," a woman who was pushing a baby stroller, told soldiers, according to AP.
Pictures from inside the building showed it was jammed with people, many of them sobbing.
The streets of the settlement were almost completely deserted, as other settlers shut themselves inside their homes.
An agreement was being negotiated that would allow Neveh Dekalim residents to hold a formal ceremony before leaving voluntarily at about 4 p.m. (9 a.m. ET).
'It's a painful process'
In Morag, a bulldozer broke through a makeshift barricade constructed of trash containers. Troops were also evacuating those who had barricaded themselves in a synagogue there, although those inside were leaving without force.
"They are paying a really painful price," Gideon Meir, a senior Israeli Foreign Ministry official, said, referring to those who are refusing to leave. "It's a painful process."
But, he added, "we are doing it as part of Israel's willingness and wish to live in peace with our Palestinian neighbors."
The first priority, he said: "We're going to heal from our wounds."
Sharon praised the Palestinian Authority for their efforts to prevent militant violence during the pullout, while Palestinian officials hailed the withdrawal.
"It's a step in the right direction," Ghassan Khatib, planning minister for the Palestinian Authority, said Wednesday. "The illegal presence of those settlers in a land that belonged to Palestinians was a major cause of the ongoing conflict and confrontations. So correcting this injustice by removing those settlers and bringing back the land to its natural and legal owners is going to contribute, hopefully, to the prospects of peace between the two sides."
Gaza, a 140-square-mile area of coastal land between Israel and the Mediterranean, also is home to about 1.3 million Palestinians.
In the largest peacetime operation in its history, the Israeli army expects to take three weeks to complete the removal of settlers from Gaza. A month later, Israel is to hand over to Palestinian control the area it has occupied since the 1967 Six-Day War.
Under an agreement made with the Palestinians, the structures built by the settlers will be bulldozed before that handover occurs.
CNN's Ben Wedeman contributed to this report.

We’ve heard these warnings before. However, there are a few parallels between 2005 and 2001. We don’t need to be reminded of what happened in that year.
George Bush is on a month long vacation in August, terror ‘drills’ are being conducted at the same time, the timing is in the second year of the president’s term. Let’s hope it’s coincidence.

FBI warns of possible terrorist attack in United States
* The warning says the militants will try to cause massive casualities prior to September 19

WASHINGTON: An FBI terrorism task force in Los Angeles earlier this week warned of possible Al Qaeda attacks with tanker trucks in three major US cities around September 11, The New York Times said on Friday.

Law enforcement officials questioned the reliability of the warning, while government officials who were briefed on it described it as credible and specific enough to warrant attention, said the daily.

Issued on Wednesday, the warning said “Al Qaeda leaders plan to employ various types of fuel trucks as vehicle-borne improvised explosive devices in an effort to cause mass casualties in the US prior to the 19th of September,” according to law enforcement officials who have read it, the daily said.

It warned that terrorist would seek to hijack gasoline or oxygen tankers or trucks and ram them into a gasoline station to cause major explosions. “Attacks are planned specifically for New York, Chicago and Los Angeles,” it said, adding that it was “unclear whether the attacks will occur simultaneously or be spread out over a period of time.”

The attackers, the advisory said, “will be members of small Al Qaeda cells which are spread throughout the US.”

Their goal, added the advisory, “is to collapse the US economy.”

An unnamed law enforcement official told the Times said the advisory had information about “a generic threat trucks have been talked about by Al Qaeda all the time. They used that tactic around the world.” “The information is uncorroborated, and the source is of questionable reliability,” said Department of Homeland Security spokesman Brian Roehrkasse, adding, however, that the information “continues to be evaluated by the intelligence community.”

Nevertheless, law enforcement officials interviewed by the daily said they were concerned about possible attacks timed with the fourth anniversary of the September 11 terrorist strikes on New York and Washington.

“There’s always that possibility and it’s something we always look at very closely because it is such a symbolic day,” said a senior Justice Department official who also asked not to be identified. afp

This guy has the same idea. He has listed a few more suspicious clues that may point to another attack changing the social landscape of the U.S.
Are we on the brink of another wake up call? Will people start hanging the national flag all over the place again and have to hear “God Bless America” during every 7th inning stretch?

Why, oh why, did it come to this?
~ A rant that I posted to the WRH Forums http://www.hraunfjord.org/whatreallyhappened/ ~
I usually try to keep a level head on issues such as these… the dismissed Army General, the planned Terror Drill, Bush’s plummeting approval ratings and the administration’s overall lack of interest in even the most basic public policy initiatives (has anyone else noticed the complete “lame duck” appearance of the Bush Adminstration as of late? and didn’t he just get back from vacation in Crawford right before 9/11?).
Perhaps it’s just paranoia, but the patterns are so eerily similar that one can’t help but draw conclusions.
I’ve had this “feeling” for about two months. It started right before the London bombings and has yet to subside. I thought that perhaps it was some sub-conscious connection with “the world” whispering to me that something was afoot. After both London attacks, I had assumed this feeling would go away but this whisper has intensified and it is now screaming “Open your eyes”.
Some event of great proportions is about to transpire. Though inductively, my argument may be weak, we’ve all seen the same patterns. Perhaps it was an unintended conditioning effect but I’d like to believe it lies closer to intuition.
Take these basic facts:
1) A Four-star military General is suddenly fired, being only three months from his planned retirement, and for a cause as dubious as “sexual misconduct” while already in divorce proceedings with his former spouse.
2) Near said General’s base, is planned a “Nuclear Terror Drill” where some bizzare scenario has been concocted to describe the smuggling and detonation of a Nuclear device on American soil
3) Said General apparently has big issues with the current administration and it has been speculated that he may be part of a coup attempt against said administration
4) Our dear leader has taken no heed of his approval ratings, put forth no initiatives, has turned a blind eye to the concerns of his constituents, is currently mired in scandal, and is beginning to be exposed as the liar that he is. Yet he takes a vacation (as he did in August of 2001) while a crumbling economy and infrastructure ensues and international tensions are at a level not seen since World War II.
5) The Pentagon draws up grandiose plans for an Iranian invasion utilizing Tactical Nuclear weapons and as well, draws up plans for armed conflict and the adoption of Martial Law on our very soil. On top of this, the Pentagon will suspend all leave for soldiers after Sept. 7th and already plans on “lightly lifting” this restriction some time in December with the condition that all troops stay “within 17km of base” (not to mention the rebuilding of the nation’s Draft boards)
It sounds easy enough to piece together. Yet another “false-flag” attack to trick the nation into another war with a country that
1) Is about to enter the global market as a Euro(currency)-centric trading post for Crude oil, putting U.S. petro-dollar hegemony at great risk (this would lead to massive inflation as our money began to be returned to us by foreign investors who no longer see the value in holding a dying trade tender)
2) Is in possession of large supplies of Crude oil while its leadership is diplomatically untouchable (”our” choice) by our current state puppets.
3) Is part of the “big picture” in terms of the Project for the New American Century agenda to secure bountiful energy supplies for an ever dependent American economy (mind you, control of Iran’s oil supplies would give the U.S. a competitive advantage over the surging Chinese economy as we would be able to regulate their growth by dictating the terms of their energy consumption).
Given these facts, it seems to make sense that the powers that be are beginning the processes of reasserting U.S. economic, political, and material hegemony over the rest of the world by usurping and regulating a majority of the world’s energy supply.
Also given the current administration’s lack of support for the floundering war in Iraq, how else would they be able to connive the American people into yet another costly, deadly, and devestating war?
This entire chain of events transcends even a third World War. This will be a process of awakening for the people of this world. Sure, many will probably die, Nuclear munnitions will likely be employed and all hell will break loose, but I like to look at the bright side.
Despite the utter despare and chaos likely to be caused by a World War III, it will be an enlightening period for humanity as we realize that our dependence on material “things” and “tangible assets” was the motivating factor in this latest of world cataclysms. Why did the American people blindly follow an Administration that they know lies to them? Why do the American people continue to listen to a Mainstream Media that even they claim not to trust?
The answer is simple. The current system provides us with all the necessities, toys, and luxuries to keep us distracted from the sickening truth of what is going on around us. I particularly enjoy the adage “1500 troops dead but I still pay $2.35 at the pump…”. This brazen “materialization” of such a horrific turn of events is exactly the reason why more people now are questioning the war, not because of true human costs or the pain and suffering endured by those who have lost a loved one or for the toll taken on returning soldiers as they realize what it is they did over there. It’s about things like gasoline, cash, that $1,000 per month mortgage on that 3,000 sq ft house our collective American asses are sitting in; it’s about making it to work on time and it’s about finding time to pleasure ourselves with our money, toys, and material wealth.
I forsee that the only good to come of the approaching situation is that people may actually detatch themselves from this greed and put more stock into being human again. Being the only good I can forsee, I look forward to it. It would be nice to see people without Cell phones affixed to their ears, without pride in what kind of automobile they have or how much they have stashed away in their personal little coffers.
-brian - http://www.freedom-tv.net

What’s going on here? What are they preparing for? A plan is definitely in place by the globalists to diminish the power of the U.S. and ultimately destroy the country once it has served its purpose in the grand scheme of things. The best candidate to be used as a tool to bring that about at this point would be a Russian-Chinese alliance as the U.S. military thins out fighting various wars across the mid-east. How many wars can one nation juggle?

U.S. Say Keeping Eye on Russia-China Wargames
MosNews | August 16 2005
The United States will keep an eye on Chinese-Russian wargames starting Thursday and hopes they will not de-stabilize the region, AFP reported Monday quoting the State Department.
Spokesman Sean McCormack said both Beijing and Moscow had advised Washington about the unusual joint exercises that will last a week and involve some 10,000 troops from the two countries.
“We are following the exercises,” McCormack was quoted by AFP as saying. “We expect that they will be conducted in a manner that supports some mutual goal of regional stability shared by the United States, China and Russia.”
The spokesman said the United States would not have any observers at the wargames. “But we would hope that anything that they do is not something that would be disruptive to the current atmosphere in the region.”
Ships from the Russian Pacific Fleet arrived in the eastern Chinese port of Qingdao on Friday for wargames which Beijing said were aimed at strengthening the allies’ ability to fight terrorism and separatism.

All of the imminent nuclear attack talk is really unnerving. The motivation behind this final push is great but all it will do is delay the inevitable. Do you really think the globalists will stop doing what they planned for centuries just because a few people are calling their congressmen?

Final push to stop the nukes of August
Total Information Analysis | August 16 2005
With coverage all over the Internet and in other media from Coast to Coast AM to the Charleston Post and Courier, there's a good chance that if any nuclear drills in August were scheduled to "go live," the idea has been shelved by now.
However, there is no underestimating the mania of the New World Order when it's cornered. A final push should be made Tuesday to make sure that as many people as possible know, and know that Americans know, that there is a real danger a nuclear terror drill could "go live" as soons as Wednesday, August 17.
What everyone should do is read "Key General fired as nuke terror drill set for Aug 17" and all the pages linked from that item as well. With that sufficient background, folks should call the following places and somewhat calmly, yet urgently, state that on both 9/11 and 7/7, "drills" mimicking the actual attacks were ongoing, which enabled an actual attack to "go live" amidst the confusion. Tell whoever you're talking to that they should be aware another "inside job" is possible, particularly with the strange firing of Rumsfeld opponent Gen. Byrnes earlier this month.
Now, all this may be going overboard, but better safe than sorry. So consider calling the following people Tuesday, August 16:

Your Congressman and Senators. All are home for recess right now, so try their local offices. The switchboard for their offices in the Capitol are (202) 224-3121.
White House: 202-456-2421
FEMA Region IV (Atlanta): 770-220-5200, (770) 220-5224, and (770) 220-5225.
Atlanta Journal-Constitution -- ask if they're looking into the local FEMA office's role: 404-526-5342 or 1-800-756-2489
South Carolina Emergency Management Division: 803-737-8500
Charleston Post-Courier 843-937-5561
Charleston television: WCBD 2 -- 1-843-884-2288 ; WCIV 4 -- (843) 723-4403 ; WCSC 5 (843) 402-5555
North Carolina Emergency Management (919)733-3825 ("Mid-August" terror dril schedulded over several days)
Joint Task Force Civil Support at Ft. Monroe at 757-788-6259
United States Marine Corps' Chemical Biological Incident Response Force: (301)744-2038 ; (301)744-2027 ; (301)744-2069
NORTHCOMM: 719-554-4652
Pentagon: 703/545-6700
C-SPAN Washington Journal: 202-624-1111; 202-624-1115; 202-737-6734
Lush Limbaugh: 1-800-282-2882
Any radio talk show, no matter what political persuasion. Air America's number is 1-866-303-2270
Local print media -- ask them why they aren't running a story on this.

The disengagement is happening now as we speak. The evicted Jews are not happy. They have been praying en masse during the past week for this event not to happen. Of course, ultimately, the prayers are directed towards the re-establishment of the temple and redemption of the Jewish people.
This pullout is scheduled to be completed in the next 3-4 weeks. Things an get really ugly by then. Keep you eyes open during the next few weeks.

Violence hits Gaza pullout
Historic Gaza withdrawal began on the stroke of midnight
Monday, August 15, 2005; Posted: 1:15 a.m. EDT (05:15 GMT)
GAZA CITY (CNN) -- Jewish settlers remaining in Gaza rioted early Monday as the Israeli military began a historic withdrawal from the territory, Israeli police said.
In other parts of Gaza, police reported residents coming under fire from Palestinian militants.
There were no immediate reports of injuries from any of the incidents, which took place in the hours after Israel closed the Kissufim border crossing and 20 others that settlers used to enter Gaza.
Israel officially began its historic pullout from Gaza Sunday at the stroke of midnight (5 p.m. ET), coordinating with Palestinian forces to crack down on any violence.
Israeli officials planned to begin informing the approximately 8,500 Jewish settlers that they have 48 hours to leave Gaza or be removed by force. Some have already left.
Police reported rioting in Neve Dekalim, the largest of the settlements, around the time troops closed the crossings. At one point, about 300 people were involved, police said. But the situation was reported to be calm by 2:30 a.m. Monday.
In the southern Gaza settlement of Kfar Darom and the central settlement of Netzarim, police said Palestinian militants were shooting at settlers who remain.
Leaders on both sides expressed high hopes for the withdrawal. Israeli Vice Prime Minister Shimon Peres told CNN Sunday, "I'm sure that history will justify our choice."
Palestinian Foreign Minister Nasser al-Kidwa told CNN, "What's happening is important, and it's positive."
But the looming possibility of violence from settlers and their ultranationalist supporters on one side, and Palestinian militant groups on the other, threatened to overshadow the optimism.
Many Gaza settlers are being forced to leave against their wishes after living for decades in the Israeli occupied territory.
Israel also is withdrawing from four Jewish settlements in the West Bank -- like Gaza, land that Israel has occupied since the 1967 Six-Day War.
Israel Defense Forces Chief of Staff Lt. Gen. Dan Halutz said Sunday the four West Bank settlements -- which are among 120 -- will be vacated after the completion of withdrawal from the Gaza settlements.
He predicted that about half the Gaza settlers will leave voluntarily. Those who don't may be removed by force as early as Wednesday.
Shortly before Sunday's midnight deadline, a steady stream of vehicles left the Gush Katif settlement block, heading toward Israel. Most had orange ribbons affixed to their cars, symbolizing peaceful disapproval of the pullouts.
Other settlers have promised to resist and have been joined in Gaza in recent days by thousands of anti-withdrawal activists. About 5,000 Israeli youths who are not settlers are inside Gaza, Halutz said.
"We're going to have to tell the government, 'No you cannot take us out of Gush Katif,' " settler Rachel Saperstein said. "We are going to stay here as long as possible, as long as our food supply holds out, our water supply and beyond that."
Israeli Defense Minister Shaoul Mofaz has predicted that all settlers will be out of Gaza within a month of disengagement.
Israel also plans to withdraw its troops from Gaza by the Jewish New Year, Rosh Hashanah, in the beginning of October.
While many settlers express religious fervor and a belief that Gaza is part of the historic Jewish homeland, some secular Israelis expressing nationalist sentiment have come to fight the pullout.
One of their chief arguments: That leaving Gaza after years of terrorist attacks by Palestinian militant groups will only reward terrorism and lead to similar tactics by groups wanting to destroy Israel.
Last week, Former Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu resigned as finance minister, warning Gaza will "become an Islamic terrorist base," endangering "not only Israel but many others in the world."
Meanwhile, about 20,000 Palestinian police and security forces were expected to play a role in the pullout -- 7,500 of them were deployed Sunday near Jewish settlements in southern Gaza, Palestinian security sources said.
They will focus largely on preventing attacks from militants and working to ensure that Palestinians who may move into evacuated areas are safe.
Israeli troops, larger in number and with much more training, are focusing largely on preventing violence from settlers and protecting them from militants.
Israeli government officials have said they hope the withdrawal will change the political landscape of the Middle East, opening the way for resumption of peace negotiations with the Palestinian Authority.
Palestinian security on alert
Despite complaints about a lack of equipment, Palestinian Authority security forces Saturday were on high alert, stationed outside settlements across Gaza to prevent violence in preparation for the withdrawal of Israeli troops and thousands of Jewish settlers.
Most of the settlers are to be evacuated from Gaza, where Israel has been closely coordinating with Palestinian security forces. A joint information and coordination center has been established at Erez Crossing along the northern Gaza-Israel border.
However, a senior Palestinian minister told CNN's Ben Wedeman that Palestinian security forces in Gaza have been forced to buy bullets on the black market for about $8 each because Israel's military is not providing any ammunition for the ill-equipped forces.
The atmosphere among many Palestinians is jubilant, seeing the pullout of Jewish settlers as a victory. At Gaza City's fishermen's harbor Friday, a crowd waved Palestinian flags in an official celebration of the withdrawal. Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas addressed the crowd and was given a hero's welcome.
Hamas leaders have quietly told the Palestinian Authority they will not disrupt the withdrawal process, but not everyone trusts that pledge.
In a news conference Saturday, senior Hamas member Ismail Haniyye called the withdrawal a "retreat" and said it was "a result of resistance and our people's sacrifice."
"It is evidence that resistance is able to achieve our national goals," he said.
He also vowed that the armed struggle against the Jewish state would continue, despite the pullout.
"Hamas confirms its adherence to resistance as a strategic option until the occupation retreats from our lands and holy places," senior Hamas member Ismail Haniyye said. "Our movement reaffirms that it will protect its military apparatus and Al Qassam Brigades and its weapons and keep them for defending our land."
Hamas, a Palestinian Islamic fundamentalist organization, has been labeled by the U.S. State Department as a terrorist organization. The group's military wing, Izzedine al Qassam, has admitted responsibility for terrorist attacks against Israeli civilians as well as attacks against the Israeli military.
Peres warns troops of violence
Peres met with troops Sunday at the Kissufim border crossing in Gaza, warning that they may face violence from settlers or ultranationalist supporters.
"You are saving the state of Israel," Peres said. "Israel has dangers from the outside, and [Israel Defense Forces] face them all. And now, we have a danger from the inside, and now the IDF has to deal with that as well."
"There is no sense whatsoever to remain here," he added. "The settlers do not have a future in the Gaza Strip, because they cannot live as an isolated group of people 8,000-strong among a million-and-a-half Palestinians who live in poverty and protest and unemployment."
Possible turning point
Sharon, who has invested much of his political future in the pullout's success, has said it may jump-start peace efforts between Israel and the Palestinian Authority. Although Palestinian leaders criticized Sharon for making the plan unilaterally -- rather than as part of brokered talks -- they also have expressed hope that, after 38 years in Gaza, Israel's evacuation may create a turning point.
The Bush administration supports the plan. In an interview last week with Israel's Channel 1 TV, Bush called the decision "bold."
"The disengagement is, I think, a part of making Israel more secure and peaceful, and I agree with the prime minister," Bush said. "I can understand why people think this decision is one that will create a vacuum into which terrorism will flow. I happen to disagree. I think this will create an opportunity for democracy to emerge. And democracies are peaceful."
CNN's Ben Wedeman contributed to this report.

This is an excellent commentary looking at a bird’s eye view of the current state of affairs and where the pieces stand. The chess pieces are being strategically moved in preparation for the next major world conflict. Here are the enemies of society that will be promoted by the global elite: Muslims, Jews and Christians.

God, Christ And
Jews - First Principles
By Henry Makow, PhD
8-15-5
The summer calm before the autumn storm seems a good time to reflect on First Principles.

God doesn't get much attention in the mass media or anywhere else for that matter. It seems He doesn't exist or if He does, He has been "discredited."

Why is that? Could it be that Western culture is essentially illuminist i.e. it wishes to substitute the rule of rich men for the rule of God? Who owns the mass media after all?

http://www.savethemales.ca/000305.html

Everything has a creator, from a muffin to the universe. Mankind also has a maker. The operating manual is in our soul.

It's hard to comprehend but the world is literally run by Satan-worshipers. They want to take away our belief in God as a prerequisite to controlling us themselves.
http://www.savethemales.ca/000166.html

How do we know that God exists?

How do we know that food exists? We have a hunger for Perfection.

Deny our spiritual needs (for Purpose, and ideals of Truth, Beauty, Justice and Love), and we die inwardly. (Look around.)

To deny the Creator is to negate oneself. God is the principle of our personal and social development. God is Light. The alternative is Darkness.

Naturally Satanists want to divert us with false gods, material things they say will give us perfection but never do.

CHRIST

Christ is an embodiment of Divine Love. He bears witness to man's Divine Spirit.

Some argue that Christ never existed. I don't agree but the question is irrelevant. I know man's Spirit is Divine because we are in love with Perfection, God, our Divine Self.

Christ has a message of human perfectibility. "Be ye therefore perfect, as your Father which is in heaven is perfect," (Mathew 5:48). We must love and obey God (our spiritual ideals) before all else.

"God is a spirit and we must worship Him in spirit and in truth," (John 4:24) Christ was crucified by worldly powers that DON'T want people to obey our Spirit. They want people to obey /them/.

Whenever we deny God, inevitably we create false Gods: Romance. Sex. Money. Power. Success. These become a cancer. There is never /enough/because these things do not satisfy spiritual hunger..

The Illuminati bankers suffer from this cancer. They appeal to our thwarted idealism to gain control: 'Change the world! Perfect society! Liberty! Fraternity! Equality!'

A morsel is thrown to the masses. Thus, the wealthy Satanists dupe the people to do their bidding. Feminism, designed to destabilize and depopulate society, is a prime example. http://www.savethemales.ca/000894.html

Individual spiritual development is our natural path. We must become angels before we can create heaven on earth.

The bankers promote a "humanist" collectivist utopia based on coercion and social engineering (a.k.a. "education") that fronts for their totalitarian control.

JEWS

Many Jews, like modern people in general, exhibit the misplaced idealism that results from turning their back on God. They advance the New World Order agenda, deceived by banker-sponsored Liberalism, Socialism, Zionism and Communism.

In the aftermath of the Bolshevik Revolution, there was a brief period in England where the prominent role of the Jews in fomenting revolution surfaced. /The Protocols of the Elders of Zion /was published in /The Morning Post/ and /The London Times/ demanded a public inquiry into it.

Winston Churchill, always attuned to public opinion, wrote, (in /"The Struggle for the Soul of the Jewish People" /Feb 8, 1920): " It would almost seem as if the gospel of Christ and the gospel of Antichrist were destined to originate among the same people; and that this mystic and mysterious race had been chosen for the supreme manifestations, both of the divine and the diabolical."
http://www.fpp.co.uk/bookchapters/WSC/WSCwrote1920.html

"There is scarcely a event in modern Europe that cannot be traced back to the Jews," Oscar Levy, a Jewish philosopher and translator of Nietzsche, wrote in his Preface to George Pitt-Rivers, "/The World Significance of the Russian Revolution/," 1920. "Jewish elements provide the driving forces for both Communism and capitalism, for the material as well as the spiritual ruin of this world."
http://www.jrbooksonline.com/Intl_Jew_full_version/ij56.htm

Levy blames the "intense Idealism of the Jew" for the revolutionary havoc. "These revolutionary Jews do not know what they are doing. They are more unconscious sinners than voluntary evil doers...but please do not think I wish to exonerate them on that account...."

The rejection of Christ is tantamount to a rejection of a higher (i.e. Godlike) vision of man that requires some self-denial and self-discipline to succeed. Too often Jews have opposed any order they deem "inhibiting" and embraced a naturalistic view of man. Worldly success became the ultimate and only standard.

Levy writes: "We who have posed as the saviors of the world; we who have even boasted of giving it the 'Saviour,' we are today nothing else but the world's seducers, its destroyers, its incendiaries, its executioners."

"We who have promised to lead you to a new Heaven, we have finally succeeded in landing you in a new Hell...There has been no progress, least of all moral progress ... And it is just our Morality, which has prohibited all real progress, and---what is worse---which even stands in the way of every future and natural reconstruction in this ruined world of ours ... I look at this world, and I shudder at its ghastliness; I shudder all the more as I know the spiritual authors of all this ghastliness..."

In my opinion, the bulk of organized Jewry is only one of the many instruments that the international bankers use to create their New World Order. http://www.savethemales.ca/000706.html.

As I have said elsewhere, this is an occult, political and economic rather than racial movement.
http://www.savethemales.ca/000808.html

The bankers regard their poor Jewish cousins as "schnorrers" (beggars) to be manipulated using anti- Semitism. The bankers intermarry with wealthy aristocratic families of Europe and America while the "schnorrers" take the blame for the banker's mischief. http://www.savethemales.ca/000312.html

Unfortunately, Jewish self-examination and criticism of the kind offered by Oscar Levy is exceedingly rare.
http://www.savethemales.ca/240902.html

CONCLUSION

As this beautiful summer comes to a close, we are troubled by presentiments of turmoil. Even supermarket tabloids are predicting World War Three. Rumors on the Internet suggest a staged terrorist attack on an American city will be used as an excuse to declare martial law and launch a nuclear attack on Iran. The reports suggest this may take place between mid Sept and the end of October. For many it feels like the summer of 1939, 66 years ago.

Meanwhile, Israel is evacuating 10,000 settlers from Gaza, a puzzling gesture since it is not part of an agreed peace plan. I can't help but wonder if it is related to the anticipated war. These settlers are being moved around like pawns on a chessboard, a good image for the role of ordinary people in history.

We live in a world governed by megalomaniac criminals, traitors, impostors, perverts and Satanists whose misdeeds are hidden or justified by a corrupt media and cultural elite.

In the months to come, the veneer may wear thin, and we may see Satan's face peering through the media veil. The population of the West may suffer for its self-indulgence, cowardice and stupidity. We may need to turn to God and Christ for solace and inspiration. We may need to discover First Principles.

Here is more information on the happenings in the Gaza Strip. It looks like the prelude to eventual chaos.

Gaza, West Bank crossings shut down

As of midnight Sunday, Israelis will no longer be able to enter Gaza as the Disengagement Implementation Law goes into effect and the Kissufim Crossing is shut down once and for all.
Additionally, Army Radio reported that intersections were blocked by police throughout the south Sunday night. These included:
Tze'elim Junction,
Urim Junction,
Gilat Junction on the side heading toward Netivot,
Hamazleg Junction on the side heading toward Sa'ad,
and Ashkelon Junction.
A few dozen anti-disengagement protestors were reportedly blocking the Kastina Junction near Kiryat Malachi as well.
Beginning at midnight Sunday night, police will block the following roads to all traffic:

• the Ashkelon-Erez road in the section between the Zikim and Yad Mordechai junctions,
• road 34 between Yad Mordechai and Sha'ar Hanegev junctions,
• road 232 between Sha'ar Hanegev and Maon junctions.
A nationwide alert went into effect Sunday, with a state of emergency lasting until after the disengagement is concluded.
Prime Minister Ariel Sharon met with Defense Minister Shaul Mofaz and the top brass of the security establishment late Sunday evening to discuss the upcoming 24 hours.
Sharon's chief message, according to Channel 2, was that it was pivotal that the evacuating forces adhered to the timeline that has been set for the evacuation.
Starting Sunday night civilians will be barred from entry into all settlements slated for evacuation in both the West Bank and Gaza Strip.
The next step of the disengagement will follow soon after the closure, as 14,000 IDF soldiers will go door to door to settlers' homes to hand out the official evacuation orders and offer settlers help in packing and moving.
The operation, dubbed "Lend a Hand," will last for two days until the cutoff date on August 17. After that date, settlers will be removed forcefully and will be fined a fiscal sum out of their compensation packages.
Teams of four IDF personnel and police officers will visit families and enter a 30- to 40-minute dialogue with them in their homes in an effort to persuade them to leave then.
"During this period, security forces will be on hand to assist in the packing and coordinate the family's move. We will allow trucks and removal vans to enter and assist them in removing air conditioners or other items if needed. Every effort will be made to facilitate their exit," the officer said.
"From Wednesday it will be a different story. They will not be able to pack their belongings and will be forced to leave," the officer continued.
On Sunday IDF Chief of Staff Lt.-Gen. Dan Halutz said that the IDF estimated that roughly 5,000 young activists – the highest number estimated thus far – had infiltrated the Gaza settlements hoping to thwart the withdrawal.
Security officials warned there would be a zero-tolerance policy toward extremists who have infiltrated the settlements in recent weeks and declared that attempts to hamper security forces' efforts in the two-day grace period would be dealt with firmly.
"Under no circumstances will we permit pockets of extremists to hamper our efforts. If they do, they will be dealt with swiftly and harshly, and ousted from the area," a senior IDF officer said. The same policy would be employed when the evacuation gets underway on Wednesday, the officer added.

Settlers urged to lock the gates

Gaza settlers plan to block the entrances to their communities Monday morning when soldiers arrive to hand out evacuation notices, settler leaders have vowed.
Some 24 hours before the IDF was scheduled to close down the area to internal and external traffic, thousands of settlers and anti-disengagement supporters gathered at midnight Saturday on the lawn outside the Neveh Dekalim synagogue in Gush Katif to hear the rules for their non-violent battle and the schedule of anticipated events for the coming week.
"We will not accept the evacuation decree," said settler leader Rafi Sari, who is among those organizing the struggle against the pullout.
He urged all settlers to gather at their community gates at 8 a.m. Monday.
"We will close the gates, we will sit on the road and pray and sing. We will not let the evacuation forces enter," he said.
Settlers massed late Saturday night following the reading of the Book of Lamentations chronicling the destruction of the Temple.
Praying for a miracle, they ended their Tisha Be'av service by singing and clapping the words to the song asking God to build the Third Temple, which is supposed to be built when the messiah comes to redeem his people.
"If there is no redemption this is the last time we will meet together," said Sari, as the battle to thwart disengagement swung into full gear.
Every hour of delay is critical, he said.
Gaza settler leaders urged the protesters to refrain from violence at all costs.
"If we say 'no' to violence and 'yes' to determination, we will win," said Avner Shimoni, who heads the Hof Aza Regional Council.
Should a settler raise his hand against a soldier, the battle would be over, he said.
Still, warned Sari, "We will not make it easy." The best line of defense, he told residents, was to greet the evacuation soldiers in a home that looked as normal as possible.
"Be prepared for psychological warfare," he said.
The decision to go with the soldiers or to non-violently resist was a personal one that each family must make on its own, he said.
Experience gained from the evacuation of Yamit in Sinai in 1982 showed there were endless scenarios of how the interaction would play out, he said.
What was important was to reach out to the soldiers as if they were "our brothers" and not "our enemy," he said.
Many soldiers would not have the internal strength to execute this evacuation, he said.
These were difficult times and no one should judge those who chose to willingly leave before the army arrived, he said.
For those who were staying, each settlement was set up with generators. The IDF had promised that essential services would not be disrupted, including the availability of food supplies, he said.
Should all plans to thwart the evacuation fail, Neveh Dekalim council head Lior Kalfa said that private non-governmental efforts were under way to help relocate the families of Gush Katif, including the erection of tents.
"There is a solution for every family," he said.

I guess the world leaders had their annual orgy at Bohemian Grove during the past couple of weeks. These sickos offer sacrifices to a 50 ft horned owl named Molech during this festival. How much more blatantly satanic can you get? These are the elected officials, respected businessmen, and other “successful” individuals that move and shake the world affairs. Isn’t that reassuring?

WORLD LEADERS MEET SECRETLY IN SONOMA VALLEY, CA.
By Kelly McGinley
While most of the country is on vacation and preparing for school, 2500 world leaders meet in secret near the Russian River in Sonoma Valley, California. This 2700 acre retreat is called the Bohemian Grove. It was founded in 1872 and its main use is a yearly gathering of the elite all male San Francisco Club. Other groups include Pacific-Union and Olympic Clubs. The membership includes every Republican President and some Democrats since 1923. Cabinet officials, CEO’s of large corporations plus media moguls and leaders of major financial institutions including the Federal Reserve are all invited.
Among the most prestigious members are President George W. Bush, his dad, Henry Kissinger, George Shultz, S.D. Bechtel, J.R. Thomas Watson, Jr. (IBM), Phillips Hawley (B of A), William Casey (CIA), and Ralph Bailey (Dupont), A.W. Clausen (World Bank), Walter Cronkite and William F. Buckley.
Many from the Bush administration such as Tom Ridge, Colin Powell, and Donald Rumsfield have been seen entering the grove. Let’s not forget Bill Clinton and Arnold Schwarzeneggar. Rumors have it that Prince Charles and Arafat have been on the guest list.
I have always been very leery of secret societies and bazaar rituals that grown men do but this one takes the cake. The first of three satanic ceremonies occurs on opening night with hundreds of participants. This event is called “Cremation of Care” and includes “high priests”, pallbearers in bright red hoods and flowing robes. They carry a coffin with a skeleton which is burned representing the killing of the “Cares of the World”. All this occurs at the feet of a giant size owl.
This bazaar ritual can be seen on a video made by talk show host Alex Jones who broke into the camp. Others through the years have tried to sneak into satisfy their curiosity. As with Skull and Bones, what happens here is too secret for discussion.
Several slips ups have occurred. Nixon was once allegedly recorded as saying he attended and that it was the most “faggy” place one could imagine. Rumsfield once spoke of it in a speech that he gave at the Hudson Institute.
One thing we know for sure. The media has helped in the secrecy. Since 1872 there has been very little reported on the Bohemian Grove. Yet every year there are hundreds of protesters and spies to see who enters.
As much as these world leaders want to keep it a secret event, this is too hard to hide. The employees of the grove have said that no verbal description can accurately portray the bizarre behavior of the Grove’s inhabitants.
A New York Post story reports that the guests are being waited on by famous gays. Other news outlets report of male prostitutes serving the campers.
Beside Druid like rituals, policy speeches are regularly made by members and guests. Major decisions such as the Manhattan Project and who our presidential candidates will be occur during this two week no fly zone.
I interviewed Elizabeth Stinson and Susan Lament, residents of the area, who have been protesting for many years. They keep a vigil of who enters The Grove. They hear all the rumors of what goes on there. They know that policy made there is not for public consumption.
The word “Bohemian” means “one who leads a loose and unsettled life.” In the witchcraft books, an owl represents wisdom and death. In the scriptures God called for all the groves to be cut down because of what took place in them. The most notorious events that took place in groves involve sodomy.
Deuteronomy 12:3 "And ye shall overthrow their alters, and break their pillars, and burn their groves with fire; and ye shall hew down the graven images of their gods, and destroy the names of them out of that place."
It is hard to imagine that our leaders and leaders from around the world participate in such bazaar rituals. Thank goodness for news outlets like News with Views which get this information out to the public so you can connect the dots.
© 2005 Kelly McGinley - All Rights Reserved

Actually maybe it’s time to get ready for an attack on U.S. soil blamed on Iran, leading to nuclear retaliation which in turn leads to the following:

Get Ready for World War III
by Paul Craig Roberts
With every poll showing majorities of Americans both fed up with Bush's war against Iraq and convinced that Bush's invasion of Iraq has made Americans less safe, the White House moron proposes to start another war by attacking Iran. VP Cheney has already ordered the U.S. Strategic Command to come up with plans to strike Iran with tactical nuclear weapons.
Bush refuses to meet with Cindy Sheehan, instead using his vacation time at the Crawford ranch to talk war with Israeli television. In a recent interview with Israeli TV, Bush said "All options are on the table" with regard to Iran.
Likudnik Israel is Bush's last remaining ally, or egger-on, in his war against "Islamic terrorism." Israel, which is loaded with nuclear weapons and is not a signatory to the nuclear pacts, is the accuser against Iran, asserting that Iran's nuclear energy program is just a veil behind which to produce weapons. Israel's Likud Party fears that Iranian weapons would be a check to its plans to complete the dispossession of the Palestinians and further expand Israel's borders.
Iran has signed the nonproliferation pact and is willing for the International Atomic Energy Agency to monitor the nuclear energy program.
Bush, however, dismisses all facts and assurances and is willing to attack Iran based on nothing but Israel's paranoia.
Bush can ignore the American public, because the Democrats, like the Tory Party in the UK, have completely collapsed as an opposition party. The Republican Party is now increasingly referred to as the Republikud Party.
The only check on Bush is the lack of U.S. troops. Bogged down in the Iraqi quagmire, U.S. commanders are stating that a third rotation of our exhausted and demoralized troops in Iraq can be avoided only by troop withdrawals by next spring.
However, on Aug. 11, Bush nixed the military's talk of reducing U.S. troops in Iraq. The next day, the commander of U.S. logistics in Iraq announced that the number of insurgent attacks on US forces along supply routes has doubled in the last year, making it clear that far from winning, the U.S. is not even holding its own.
Cindy Sheehan has the right question for Bush: What noble cause is being served by all this suffering and destruction?
Bush is in hiding from Mrs. Sheehan, because he knows only ignoble causes are being served. According to the CIA, the main beneficiary of the war is Osama bin Laden's recruitment drives. While America's military recruitment falters and U.S. generals announce that the war has broken the Reserves and National Guard, the cause of Islamic extremism basks in the Iraqi war.
Gentle reader, do you realize the danger of having a president so disconnected from reality that he plots to attack Iran – a country three times the size of Iraq – when he lacks sufficient forces to occupy Baghdad and to protect the road from Baghdad to the airport?
Despite all the high profile "sweeps" of U.S. forces through insurgent strongholds, U.S. commanders report a doubling of insurgent attacks.
The Bush administration is insane. If the American people do not decapitate it by demanding Bush's impeachment, the Bush administration will bring about Armageddon. This may please some Christian evangelicals conned by Rapture predictions, but World War III will please no one else.

The attacks of 9-11 and 7-7 were both preceded by drills. Will this next drill have the same result? Maybe, maybe not? Keep your eye open for this one. It does smell pretty fishy.

Nuclear Terror Drill To
Go Live? Let's Hope Not
By Leland Lehrman
8-13-5
On June 29th, United States Northern Command (NORTHCOM) posted news of a nuclear terrorism drill on its website:: "Here's the scenarioA seafaring vessel transporting a 10-kiloton nuclear warhead makes its way into a port off the coast of Charleston, S.C. Terrorists aboard the ship attempt to smuggle the warhead off the ship to detonate it."
It went on to say that "Sudden Response 05 will take place this August on Fort Monroe and will be carried out as an internal command post exercise.

The exercise is intended to train the JTF-CS staff to plan and execute Consequence Management operations in support of Federal Emergency Management Agency Region IV's response to a nuclear detonation."

As Alex Jones of infowars.com and others have pointed out, terror "drills" are now known to be the favorite "cover story" for New World Order terrorist operations, as evidenced by the eerily accurate terrorism drills happening on both 9/11 and 7/7.

Recently, former CIA/DIA analyst Philip Giraldi has informed us that "Vice-President Cheney has tasked STRATCOM with "drawing up a contingency plan to be employed in response to another 9/11- type terrorist attack on the United States" and that "the plan includes a large-scale air assault on Iran employing both conventional and tactical nuclear weapons."

Investigators and counter-intelligence specialists are concerned that this upcoming August nuclear terror scenario might go live to create the pretext for tactical nuclear war against Iran.

Mother Media contacted NORTHCOM Public Affairs this morning and learned that the Fort Monroe drill may begin tomorrow, 8/11.

Mother Media hopes that mass awareness of New World Order methods could prevent the attacks, whether tomorrow, next week or next year.

In the course of the conversation with NORTHCOM Public Affairs, Mother Media also learned that CNN recently launched their military operations news special "Situation Room" from inside the NORTHCOM situation room in Colorado Springs, Colorado.

Wolf Blitzer is the show's famously hawkish and pro-Israel host. Imagine that - a new CNN "Situation Room" military focus news program debuts in NORTHCOM headquarters days prior to a nuclear terror drill.

They're not even bothering to pretend there's separation between the press and the government anymore. CNN here makes it obvious that they are now the New World Order's propaganda mouthpiece. At the war crimes trials, let's not forget it.

Adding to the drama, the four-star commander of the Army's Training and Doctrine Command (TRADOC) at the Fort Monroe base where the nuclear terror drill is to occur, Kevin P. Byrnes was just relieved of his command amidst allegations of sexual misconduct.

Veteran investigator Greg Szymanski has uncovered another plausible motive: "Sources close to the military who remain anonymous said Byrnes was part of a U.S. military faction discontented with the Bush administration war policies in Iraq and the potential for a nuclear disaster in Iran.

In an effort to stop the Bush administration in its tracks, sources say Byrnes was about to lead a coup against the hawks in the military and executive branch determined to lead America into a global conflict, leading to devastating ramifications for the country, as well as financial and social chaos.

Rumors inside the military say that a growing faction of discontented high-ranking officers are attempting internally to try and stop the Bush administration's imminent plans for war with Iran in an effort to avert global war.
Although the exact number of high-ranking military involved is undetermined, sources have disclosed it appears to be evenly split between pro Bush and anti Bush factions.

Even though speculation abounds about an attempted coup relating to the Byrnes firing, no one would question the strange rumblings of war against Iran and warnings of terrorist threats on the homeland that are beginning to circulate from administration officials and media talking heads almost on a daily basis.

Further, ominous reports are even coming from the Washington Post this week that the Pentagon has developed its first ever war plans for operations within the United States, plans justifying and making necessary preparations for martial law in case of a homeland terrorist attack."

If you look at NORTHCOM's website, you will find a discussion of the situations under which Posse Comitatus, the restriction against military policing in America, can legally be suspended. One of those conditions is an attack by a nuclear or other weapon of mass destruction. Another is "insurrection."

Diabolically standing over all of these scenarios is Global Cleanse 2000 or just Global 2000, a population control methodology developed by the New World Order which includes triggered natural disasters, wars and diseases designed to reduce the world population by two thirds.

Rene Welch, who had access to the Global Cleanse 2000 database in the late eighties, recently appeared on Mother Media's radio program to discuss her findings.

In response to this author's article, "Israel, Iran and a Nuclear False Flag Attack," reports have been flowing into Mother Media's office confirming and buttressing this story.

One former Air Force member writes that all military leaves have been cancelled after September 7th and that Homeland Security is beefing up security at local Draft Board Offices. Writing as TeaParty2Come, this source paints an ominous picture:

"About 3 weeks ago I was surfing some of the sites I enjoy posting on, when someone posted in all caps that they had just heard from an officer friend in the military that all leaves had been cancelled for the month of September. Obviously aware of the false flags our government is famous for, this person sounded desperate, asking for help in confirming or denying this "rumor" from anyone who had connections in the military.

I happened to ask a co-worker friend of mine whose son in-law is in the Army (82nd) about checking out the "rumor". Well guess what, they've had to move up their leave to this coming week to come home because his unit has to be back by September 7th where upon all leaves are cancelled!

They have seen a steady build up of heavy materials just sitting in storage facilities. He also commented that they were rushed through a training course on new weapons systems they just rolled out. He thought this very odd and a first.
This sent shivers all through me.

Not to push any panic buttons I spoke with a dear woman with whom I work whose son is in the Army in an artillery unit. She is a former Captain, her husband is a former Colonel and Vietnam vet and successful attorney here in our area who also happens to be dying from the effects of Agent Orange.

Lo and behold their son was told all leaves are cancelled for September and in December they may get leave, but can travel no further than 17 kilometers from their base.

My niece is married to a young man in the Army stationed on the East Coast he is also 82nd, his leave has also been cancelled. Their first baby is due in December.

...I'm not prone to fits of paranoia but I have to tell you, I have begun stocking water and canned goods. I am ex Air Force, I was on three ring standby most of my enlistment and was in a constant training mode. I know how this works and it doesn't sound good.

The draft board offices are in place with staff waiting for the word to go. I read an article from a guy who works in one of those offices, he said Homeland Security came in there early last month and put up bullet proof glass on the windows and iron bars, they installed blast proof glass on the doors, and removed the mail drop box slots on the outside of the building. When he asked what was going on they identified themselves as Homeland Security and said don't worry about the rest and left.

It's coming no doubt about it. Sorry I can't be more positive, but this is what I have heard with my own ears from three independent military member sources in different parts of the country."

A source in New Mexico passed this on to Mother Media a couple weeks ago:

"A friend came by today. His relative is fairly high-level in regional counter-terrorism. My friend says his relative told him they are preparing for the strong possibility that there will be 7 U.S. cities attacked with small, backpack-held nuclear devices by 'al-Qaida types.' It sounds like the propaganda -- the cover stories for PNAC or whomever these bad guys are -- has begun."

The sheer number of warnings and events, subtle hints and overt threats is now too much to ignore.
More background and warning signs, especially as regards Israel and Iran can be found in my article at physics911.net entitled Israel, Iran, Mossad and a Nuclear False Flag Attack.

Americans should alert friends and family members and active citizens should inform their neighbors and local authorities.
Mother Media has contacted FBI counterintelligence director David Szady, who is in charge of the American Israel Public Affairs Committee spying investigation, with some this information and plans to distribute it widely throughout the local, national and international media.

An FBI investigation directed by Szady caught AIPAC using Pentagon analyst Larry Franklin to spy on America's Iran policy and more. Given that AIPAC is committed to war with Iran, we can imagine why they were interested in official American policy on Iran.

It is still possible to stop this insanity, but it will require serious citizen initiative.

Good Luck, Fellow Citizens, and God Bless You.

8/8/05 -8/14/05

2005-08-09T15:18:00.000-07:00

Look out for more of this type of thing in the coming days. Each one of these archaeological discoveries will be used to further the agenda of re-building the temple and set the wheels in motion for the formation of the Judaic New Age New World religion.

Digging up biblical dynamite
The supposed palace of King David has been uncovered in Jerusalem, but other scholars are saying the find is being used as a political tool
By Steven Erlanger
NY TIMES NEWS SERVICE , JERUSALEM
Saturday, Aug 06, 2005,Page 16
An Israeli archaeologist says she has uncovered in East Jerusalem what may be the fabled palace of the biblical King David. Her work has been sponsored by a conservative Israeli research institute and financed by an American Jewish investment banker who would like to prove that Jerusalem was indeed the capital of the Jewish kingdom described in the Bible.
Other scholars are skeptical that the foundation walls discovered by the archaeologist, Eilat Mazar, are David's palace. But they acknowledge that what she has uncovered is rare and important: a major public building from around the 10th century BC, with pottery shards that date to the time of David and Solomon and a government seal of an official mentioned in the book of Jeremiah. The discovery is likely to be a new salvo in a major dispute in biblical archaeology: whether the kingdom of David and Samuel was of some historical magnitude, or whether the men were more like small tribal chieftains, reigning over another dusty hilltop.
The find will also be used in the broad political battle over Jerusalem -- whether the Jews have their origins here and thus have some special hold on the place, or whether, as many Palestinians have said, including the late Yasser Arafat, the idea of a Jewish origin in Jerusalem is a myth used to justify conquest and occupation. Hani Nur el-Din, a Palestinian professor of archaeology at Al Quds University, said he and his colleagues considered biblical archaeology an effort by Israelis "to fit historical evidence into a biblical context."
He added, "The link between the historical evidence and the biblical narration, written much later, is largely missing. There's a kind of fiction about the 10th century. They try to link whatever they find to the biblical narration. They have a button, and they want to make a suit out of it."
Even Israeli archaeologists are not so sure that Mazar has found the palace -- the house that Hiram, king of Tyre, built for the victorious king, at least as Samuel 2:5 describes it. It may also be the Fortress of Zion that David conquered from the Jebusites, who ruled Jerusalem before him, or some other structure about which the Bible is silent. Either way, they are impressed by its likely importance.
"This is a very significant discovery, given that Jerusalem as the capital of the united kingdom is very much unknown," said Gabriel Barkay, an archaeologist from Bar-Ilan University.
"This is one of the first greetings we have from the Jerusalem of David and Solomon, a period which has played a kind of hide-and-seek with archaeologists for the last century."
Based on the Bible and a century of archaeology in this spot, Mazar, 48, speculated that a famous stepped-stone structure excavated previously was part of the fortress David conquered, and that his palace would have been built just outside the original walls of the cramped city, on the way to what his son, Solomon, built as the Temple Mount.
"When the Philistines came to fight, the Bible said that David went down from his house to the fortress," she said, her eyes bright. "I wondered, down from where? Presumably from where he lived, his palace."
"So I said, maybe there's something here," she added, referring to East Jerusalem. David's palace was the topic of a last conversation Mazar had with her grandfather, Benjamin Mazar, a famous archaeologist who helped to train her and who died 10 years ago. Five months ago, with money and permission from the Ir David Foundation, which controls the site (and supports Jews moving into East Jerusalem), she finally began to dig. Amihai Mazar, a professor of archaeology at Hebrew University, calls the find "something of a miracle."
He says he believes that the building may be the Fortress of Zion that David is said to have conquered, which he renamed the City of David.
"What she found is fascinating, whatever it is," he said. Amihai Mazar is Eilat Mazar's second cousin, but he has his own reputation to protect. Archaeologists debate "to what extent Jerusalem was an important city or even a city in the time of David and Samuel," he said.
"Some believe it was tiny and the kingdom unimportant."
The site of ancient Jerusalem, stuck between two valleys on a ridge south of the Temple Mount, is very small, less than 10 acres. Israel Finkelstein, another renowned archaeologist, has suggested that without significant evidence, Jerusalem in this period was "perhaps not more than a typical hill-country village."
In his book, The Bible Unearthed, Finkelstein writes with Neil Silberman, "Not only was any sign of monumental architecture missing, but so were even simple pottery shards."
The building can be reasonably dated by the pottery found above and below it. Mazar found on the bedrock a large floor of crushed limestone, indicating a large public space. The floor and fill above it contain pottery from Iron Age I of the 12th to 11th centuries BC, just before David conquered Jerusalem. Above that, Mazar found the foundations for this monumental building, with large boulders for walls that are more than 1.8m thick and extend at least 30m. In one corner was pottery from Iron Age 2, the 10th to 9th centuries, roughly the time of the united kingdom. Unfortunately, Amihai Mazar said, she found no floor. It is clear the building was constructed after the pottery underneath it, but less clear exactly how much later.
The archaeological debate is also partly a debate over the roots of Zionism and the effort to find Jewish origins deep in the land. Eilat Mazar's latest dig, which has cost about US$500,000, has been sponsored by Roger Hertog, a New York financier who is vice chairman of Alliance Capital Management. Hertog, who owns a piece of The New York Sun and The New Republic, is also chairman of the board of the Shalem Center in Jerusalem, where Mazar is a senior fellow.
The Shalem Center was founded as Israel's first "neoconservative think-tank," said William Kristol, who is also on the board, in an effort to give the Israeli right a better foundation in history, economics, archaeology and other topics. Hertog calls his investment in Mazar "venture philanthropy -- you have the opportunity for intellectual speculation, to fund something that is a work of great consequence." He said he hoped to show "that the Bible reflects Jewish history."
Mazar continues to dig, but right now, three families are living in houses where she would most like to explore. One family is Muslim, one Christian and one Jewish.

The find will also be used in the broad political battle over Jerusalem -- whether the Jews have their origins here and thus have some special hold on the place, or whether, as many Palestinians have said, including the late Yasser Arafat, the idea of a Jewish origin in Jerusalem is a myth used to justify conquest and occupation. Hani Nur el-Din, a Palestinian professor of archaeology at Al Quds University, said he and his colleagues considered biblical archaeology an effort by Israelis "to fit historical evidence into a biblical context."
He added, "The link between the historical evidence and the biblical narration, written much later, is largely missing. There's a kind of fiction about the 10th century. They try to link whatever they find to the biblical narration. They have a button, and they want to make a suit out of it."
Even Israeli archaeologists are not so sure that Mazar has found the palace -- the house that Hiram, king of Tyre, built for the victorious king, at least as Samuel 2:5 describes it. It may also be the Fortress of Zion that David conquered from the Jebusites, who ruled Jerusalem before him, or some other structure about which the Bible is silent. Either way, they are impressed by its likely importance.
"This is a very significant discovery, given that Jerusalem as the capital of the united kingdom is very much unknown," said Gabriel Barkay, an archaeologist from Bar-Ilan University.
"This is one of the first greetings we have from the Jerusalem of David and Solomon, a period which has played a kind of hide-and-seek with archaeologists for the last century."
Based on the Bible and a century of archaeology in this spot, Mazar, 48, speculated that a famous stepped-stone structure excavated previously was part of the fortress David conquered, and that his palace would have been built just outside the original walls of the cramped city, on the way to what his son, Solomon, built as the Temple Mount.
"When the Philistines came to fight, the Bible said that David went down from his house to the fortress," she said, her eyes bright. "I wondered, down from where? Presumably from where he lived, his palace."
"So I said, maybe there's something here," she added, referring to East Jerusalem. David's palace was the topic of a last conversation Mazar had with her grandfather, Benjamin Mazar, a famous archaeologist who helped to train her and who died 10 years ago. Five months ago, with money and permission from the Ir David Foundation, which controls the site (and supports Jews moving into East Jerusalem), she finally began to dig. Amihai Mazar, a professor of archaeology at Hebrew University, calls the find "something of a miracle."
He says he believes that the building may be the Fortress of Zion that David is said to have conquered, which he renamed the City of David.
"What she found is fascinating, whatever it is," he said. Amihai Mazar is Eilat Mazar's second cousin, but he has his own reputation to protect. Archaeologists debate "to what extent Jerusalem was an important city or even a city in the time of David and Samuel," he said.
"Some believe it was tiny and the kingdom unimportant."
The site of ancient Jerusalem, stuck between two valleys on a ridge south of the Temple Mount, is very small, less than 10 acres. Israel Finkelstein, another renowned archaeologist, has suggested that without significant evidence, Jerusalem in this period was "perhaps not more than a typical hill-country village."
In his book, The Bible Unearthed, Finkelstein writes with Neil Silberman, "Not only was any sign of monumental architecture missing, but so were even simple pottery shards."
The building can be reasonably dated by the pottery found above and below it. Mazar found on the bedrock a large floor of crushed limestone, indicating a large public space. The floor and fill above it contain pottery from Iron Age I of the 12th to 11th centuries BC, just before David conquered Jerusalem. Above that, Mazar found the foundations for this monumental building, with large boulders for walls that are more than 1.8m thick and extend at least 30m. In one corner was pottery from Iron Age 2, the 10th to 9th centuries, roughly the time of the united kingdom. Unfortunately, Amihai Mazar said, she found no floor. It is clear the building was constructed after the pottery underneath it, but less clear exactly how much later.
The archaeological debate is also partly a debate over the roots of Zionism and the effort to find Jewish origins deep in the land. Eilat Mazar's latest dig, which has cost about US$500,000, has been sponsored by Roger Hertog, a New York financier who is vice chairman of Alliance Capital Management. Hertog, who owns a piece of The New York Sun and The New Republic, is also chairman of the board of the Shalem Center in Jerusalem, where Mazar is a senior fellow.
The Shalem Center was founded as Israel's first "neoconservative think-tank," said William Kristol, who is also on the board, in an effort to give the Israeli right a better foundation in history, economics, archaeology and other topics. Hertog calls his investment in Mazar "venture philanthropy -- you have the opportunity for intellectual speculation, to fund something that is a work of great consequence." He said he hoped to show "that the Bible reflects Jewish history."
Mazar continues to dig, but right now, three families are living in houses where she would most like to explore. One family is Muslim, one Christian and one Jewish.

The U.S. economy continues to be bled dry. It is happening so gradually that people don’t even notice what is happening. It’s like the frog in a pot of water on the stove. The heat is gradually raised and in the end, the frog doesn’t even realize that the water is boiling.

Watching the Economy Crumble
Paul Craig Roberts | August 10 2005
The US continues its descent into the Third World, but you would never know it from news reports of the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ July payroll jobs release.
The media gives a bare bones jobs report that is misleading. The public heard that 207,000 jobs were created in July. If not a reassuring figure, at least it is not a disturbing one. On the surface things look to be pretty much OK. It is when you look into the composition of these jobs that the concern arises.
Of the new jobs, 26,000 (about 13%) are tax-supported government jobs. That leaves 181,000 private sector jobs. Of these private sector jobs, 177,000, or 98%, are in the domestic service sector.
Here is the breakdown of the major categories:
• 30,000 food servers and bar tenders;
• 28,000 health care and social assistance:
• 12,000 real estate;
• 6,000 credit intermediation;
• 8,000 transit and ground passenger transportation;
• 50,000 retail trade; and
• 8,000 wholesale trade.
(There were 7,000 construction jobs, most of which were filled by Mexicans immigrants.)
Not a single one of these jobs produces a tradable good or service that can be exported or serve as an import substitute to help reduce the massive and growing US trade deficit. The US economy is employing people to sell things, to move people around, and to serve them fast food and alcoholic beverages. The items may have an American brand name, but they are mainly made off shore. For example, 70% of Wal-Mart’s goods are made in China.
Where are the jobs for the 65,000 engineers the US graduates each year? Where are the jobs for the physics, chemistry, and math majors? Who needs a university degree to wait tables and serve drinks, to build houses, to work as hospital orderlies, bus drivers, and sales clerks?
In the 21st century job growth in the US economy has consistently reflected that of a Third World country--low productivity domestic services jobs. This goes on month after month and no one catches on--least of all the economists and the policymakers.
Economists assume that every high productivity, high paying job that is shipped out of the country is a net gain for America. We are getting things cheaper, they say. Perhaps, for a while, until the dollar goes. What the cheaper goods argument overlooks are the reductions in the productivity and pay of employed Americans and in the manufacturing, technical, and scientific capability of the US economy.
What is the point of higher education when the job opportunities in the economy do not require it?
These questions are too difficult for economists, politicians, and newscasters. Instead, we hear that “last month the US economy created 207,000 jobs.”
Television has an inexhaustible supply of optimistic economists.
Last weekend CNN had John Rutledge (erroneously billed as the person who drafted President Reagan’s economic program) explaining that the strength of the US economy was “mom and pop businesses.” The college student with whom I was watching the program broke out laughing.
What mom and pop businesses? Everything that used to be mom and pop businesses has been replaced with chains and discount retailers. Auto parts stores are chains, pharmacies are chains, restaurants are chains. Wal-Mart, Home Depot, and Lowes, have destroyed hardware stores, clothing stores, appliance stores, building supply stores, gardening shops, whatever--you name it.
Just try starting a small business today. Most gasoline station/convenience stores seem to be the property of immigrant ethnic groups who acquired them with the aid of a taxpayer-financed US government loan.
Today a mom and pop business is a cleaning service that employs Mexicans, a pool service, a lawn service, or a limo service.
In recent years the US economy has been kept afloat by low interest rates. The low interest rates have fueled a real estate boom. As housing prices rise, people refinance their mortgages, take equity out of their homes and spend the money, thus keeping the consumer economy going.
The massive American trade and budget deficits are covered by the willingness of Asian countries, principally Japan and China, to hold US government bonds and to continue to acquire ownership of America’s real assets in exchange for their penetration of US markets.
This game will not go on forever. When it stops, what is left to drive the US economy?

It looks like the anti-Iran propaganda is under way. It’s time for the Iran smear campaign to build up a case to create an Iraq part 2. It’s time to justify another war. We’ll be hearing more “Iran is the boogeyman, we need to stop them” type of news.

Iran breaks seals at nuclear plant
Wednesday, August 10, 2005; Posted: 2:48 p.m. EDT (18:48 GMT)
VIENNA, Austria (CNN) -- Iran has broken the seals on equipment at an atomic processing facility amid Western fears Tehran could use its technology to build a nuclear bomb.
The fact that International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) seals had been in place until Wednesday indicates the equipment at the nuclear plant had not been used up to now.
Removal of the seals means the uranium conversion plant is now capable of being fully operational, a state-run news agency reported.
Meanwhile, Iran's supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, issued a fatwa declaring the "production, stockpiling and use of nuclear weapons" against the beliefs of Islam.
Under immense international pressure, Iran voluntarily suspended its nuclear program in October 2003. Earlier this week, the Islamic Republic rejected a European proposal to end a stalemate over its nuclear aspirations and announced it would resume conversion operations.
U.S. and other Western nations fear that full operations at the plant could lead to the development of nuclear weapons. Tehran says its atomic work is for peaceful purposes only.
Mohammad Faidi, deputy director of international affairs of Iran's Atomic Energy Organization, said a U.N. representative was present when the seals were removed, the agency reported.
A spokesman for the IAEA said the U.N.'s nuclear watchdog would have preferred Iran not remove the seals and restart full operations.
But Mark Gwozdecky said the plant at Isfahan, 410 kilometers (255 miles) south of Tehran, "is fully monitored by the IAEA" and "is not a uranium enrichment plant."
"Their uranium enrichment plant in Natanz remains frozen, and they have indicated it will remain that way," he said. "This plant (Isfahan) produces feed material that could one day be used in enrichment."
Still, he said, Iran's decision "isn't particularly helpful."
"This is a process of confidence building," he said. "Iran built a nuclear program for 18 years and concealed it from the international community.
"The international community, through our board of governors, has asked Iran to put on hold activities that are not urgently needed right now and allow this dialogue ... as well as allow the inspectors to finish their job."
In Vienna, the IAEA's board of governors postponed a planned meeting to give delegates more time to hammer out a resolution on the issue.
The agency was expected to press Iran to reverse its decision to resume its uranium conversion program at Isfahan.
CNN's Walter Rodgers said the postponement "indicates a lack of unanimity on how to deal with the Iranians."
Iran restarted parts of the uranium conversion process at Isfahan Monday without breaking any U.N. seals at the plant. (Full story)
But to run the whole plant -- which converts uranium concentrate into a gas that can then be enriched into reactor or bomb fuel -- seals had to be removed.
Iran has insisted it has the right to have a nuclear fuel recycling program in its quest for greater reliance on nuclear energy.
Western nations, however, fear this same uranium enrichment program could also be used by Iran as a front to develop atomic weapons.
The IAEA board met Tuesday to receive a report from its monitors on the restarting of the fuel conversion at Isfahan.
The agency indicated its board would ask Iran to rescind its decision on resuming its uranium conversion program. If Iran declines, it could be referred to the U.N. Security Council for sanctions.
Iran agreed in November to suspend the production of enriched uranium amid heavy international pressure. (Full story)
In a statement read late Tuesday at the IAEA meeting, Iran's leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, issued a fatwa, or religious legal ruling, saying "production, stockpiling and use of nuclear weapons are forbidden under Islam and that the Islamic Republic of Iran shall never acquire these weapons."
"The leadership of Iran has pledged at the highest level that Iran will remain a non-nuclear-weapon state party to the (Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty) and has placed the entire scope of its nuclear activities under IAEA safeguards and additional protocol, in addition to undertaking voluntary transparency measures with the agency that have even gone beyond the requirements of the agency's safeguard system," Khamenei said in the statement.
According to Iran's state news agency, new Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad told U.N. Secretary-General Kofi Annan in a phone call that Iran was willing to continue negotiations on its nuclear program.
But Ahmadinejad rejected a European Union proposal to settle the dispute as "an affront to the Iranian nation."
'Positive sign' amid suspicion
U.S. President George W. Bush, at his ranch in Texas, said Ahmadinejad's willingness to come back to the table was "a positive sign" but warned that Washington was "deeply suspicious" of Iran's goals.
Last week, EU negotiators offered Iran a package of proposals for long-term support of its civilian nuclear program in exchange for guarantees not to develop atomic weapons. (Full story)
A government spokesman said Saturday that Iran would reject the offer. (Full story)
Cyrus Nasseri, Iran's delegate to the IAEA, said Tuesday that an Iranian settlement proposal was still on the table for European consideration.
IAEA Director-General Mohamed ElBaradei said he hoped the dispute between Iran and the EU was "simply a hiccup, not a permanent rupture." He urged all parties to exercise maximum restraint.
As the 35-member IAEA board met, Russia joined other European nations in calling on Iran to resume suspension of the program.
"It would be a wise decision to immediately stop the work begun on uranium conversion and continue Iran's close cooperation with the IAEA in removing the questions that still remain about the Iranian nuclear program," Russian Foreign Ministry spokesman Mikhail Kamynin told a news conference.
Russia, a member of IAEA board, signed a deal with Iran in February to transfer nuclear fuel to Iran's $800 million power plant reactor in the southern city of Bushehr and move the spent fuel back to Russia.
Russian President Vladimir Putin has said he is convinced Iran is not developing nuclear weapons. (Full story)
Britain, France and Germany -- the so-called EU-3 -- have led attempts to negotiate a solution with Iran. The United States, which has no diplomatic relations with Iran, has remained largely in the background.
"Our strategy has been all along to work with Germany, France and Great Britain in terms of sending a strong signal and message to Iran," Bush said Tuesday.
"Today it looked like the new Iranian leader has heard that message," said Bush, who once branded Iran as part of an "axis of evil" along with North Korea and Saddam Hussein's Iraq.
The bottom line is that "we don't want the Iranians to have nuclear weapons," Bush said.
Iran's Nasseri, speaking in Vienna, scoffed at the U.S. insistence that his country not have nuclear weapons.
"The United States is the sole nuclear weapons state which had the guts to drop the bomb and kill and maim and turn into ashes millions in a split second," he said, referring to the atomic bombs that destroyed two cities in Japan and helped end World War II 60 years ago this month. (Full story)
"The United States is in no position whatsoever to tell anyone or preach what they should or should not with their nuclear program."
Under the Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty, signatory nations -- which include Iran -- are allowed to develop nuclear power with monitoring by the IAEA.
The agency says it was making progress but that Iran's past lack of candor about its program had left some doubt about its current work.

Is martial law a foregone conclusion? If they have this planned, you can bet it is. In fact, this IS planned. They even have names for it. Operation cablesplicer and Operation Garden Plot. These operations were planned out years ago. If this sounds too far fetched, all it takes is another 9/11 type of event. You can be sure that this is in their bag of tricks. They won’t surprise any of us this time.

Pentagon devising scenarios for martial law in US
By Patrick Martin
9 August 2005
According to a report published Monday by the Washington Post, the Pentagon has developed its first ever war plans for operations within the continental United States, in which terrorist attacks would be used as the justification for imposing martial law on cities, regions or the entire country.
The front-page article cites sources working at the headquarters of the military’s Northern Command (Northcom), located in Colorado Springs, Colorado. The plans themselves are classified, but “officers who drafted the plans” gave details to Post reporter Bradley Graham, who was recently given a tour of Northcom headquarters at Peterson Air Force Base. The article thus appears to be a deliberate leak conducted for the purpose of accustoming the American population to the prospect of military rule.
According to Graham, “the new plans provide for what several senior officers acknowledged is the likelihood that the military will have to take charge in some situations, especially when dealing with mass-casualty attacks that could quickly overwhelm civilian resources.”
The Post account declares, “The war plans represent a historic shift for the Pentagon, which has been reluctant to become involved in domestic operations and is legally constrained from engaging in law enforcement.”
A total of 15 potential crisis scenarios are outlined, ranging from “low-end,” which Graham describes as “relatively modest crowd-control missions,” to “high-end,” after as many as three simultaneous catastrophic mass-casualty events, such as a nuclear, biological or chemical weapons attack.
In each case, the military would deploy a quick-reaction force of as many as 3,000 troops per attack—i.e., 9,000 total in the worst-case scenario. More troops could be made available as needed.
The Post quotes a statement by Admiral Timothy J. Keating, head of Northcom: “In my estimation, [in the event of] a biological, a chemical or nuclear attack in any of the 50 states, the Department of Defense is best positioned—of the various eight federal agencies that would be involved—to take the lead.”
The newspaper describes an unresolved debate among the military planners on how to integrate the new domestic mission with ongoing US deployments in Iraq, Afghanistan and other foreign conflicts. One major document of over 1,000 pages, designated CONPLAN 2002, provides a general overview of air, sea and land operations in both a post-attack situation and for “prevention and deterrence actions aimed at intercepting threats before they reach the United States.” A second document, CONPLAN 0500, details the 15 scenarios and the actions associated with them.
The Post reports: “CONPLAN 2002 has passed a review by the Pentagon’s Joint Staff and is due to go soon to Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld and top aides for further study and approval, the officers said. CONPLAN 0500 is still undergoing final drafting” at Northcom headquarters.
While Northcom was established only in October 2002, its headquarters staff of 640 is already larger than that of the Southern Command, which overseas US military operations throughout Latin America and the Caribbean.
About 1,400 National Guard troops have been formed into a dozen regional response units, while smaller quick-reaction forces have been set up in each of the 50 states. Northcom also has the power to mobilize four active-duty Army battalions, as well as Navy and Coast Guard ships and air defense fighter jets.
The Pentagon is acutely conscious of the potential political backlash as its role in future security operations becomes known. Graham writes: “Military exercises code-named Vital Archer, which involve troops in lead roles, are shrouded in secrecy. By contrast, other homeland exercises featuring troops in supporting roles are widely publicized.”
Military lawyers have studied the legal implications of such deployments, which risk coming into conflict with a longstanding congressional prohibition on the use of the military for domestic policing, known as posse comitatus. Involving the National Guard, which is exempt from posse comitatus, could be one solution, Admiral Keating told the Post. “He cited a potential situation in which Guard units might begin rounding up people while regular forces could not,” Graham wrote.
Graham adds: “when it comes to ground forces possibly taking a lead role in homeland operations, senior Northcom officers remain reluctant to discuss specifics. Keating said such situations, if they arise, probably would be temporary, with lead responsibility passing back to civilian authorities.”
A remarkable phrase: “probably would be temporary.” In other words, the military takeover might not be temporary, and could become permanent!
In his article, Graham describes the Northern Command’s “Combined Intelligence and Fusion Center, which joins military analysts with law enforcement and counterintelligence specialists from such civilian agencies as the FBI, the CIA and the Secret Service.” The article continues: “A senior supervisor at the facility said the staff there does no intelligence collection, only analysis. He also said the military operates under long-standing rules intended to protect civilian liberties. The rules, for instance, block military access to intelligence information on political dissent or purely criminal activity.”
Again, despite the soothing reassurances about respecting civil liberties, another phrase leaps out: “intelligence information on political dissent.” What right do US intelligence agencies have to collect information on political dissent? Political dissent is not only perfectly legal, but essential to the functioning of a democracy.
The reality is that the military brass is intensely interested in monitoring political dissent because its domestic operations will be directed not against a relative handful of Islamic fundamentalist terrorists—who have not carried out a single operation inside the United States since September 11, 2001—but against the democratic rights of the American people.
The plans of Northcom have their origins not in the terrible events of 9/11, but in longstanding concerns in corporate America about the political stability of the United States. This is a society increasingly polarized between the fabulously wealthy elite at the top, and the vast majority of working people who face an increasingly difficult struggle to survive. The nightmare of the American ruling class is the emergence of a mass movement from below that challenges its political and economic domination.
As long ago as 1984—when Osama bin Laden was still working hand-in-hand with the CIA in the anti-Soviet guerrilla war in Afghanistan—the Reagan administration was drawing up similar contingency plans for military rule. A Marine Corps officer detailed to the National Security Council drafted plans for Operation Rex ’84, a headquarters exercise that simulated rounding up 300,000 Central American immigrants and likely political opponents of a US invasion of Nicaragua or El Salvador and jailing them at mothballed military bases. This officer later became well known to the public: Lt. Colonel Oliver North, the organizer of the illegal network to arm the “contra” terrorists in Nicaragua and a principal figure in the Iran-Contra scandal.
As for the claims that these military plans are driven by genuine concern over the threat of terrorist attacks, these are belied by the actual conduct of the American ruling elite since 9/11. The Bush administration has done everything possible to suppress any investigation into the circumstances of the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon—most likely because its own negligence, possibly deliberate, would be exposed.
While the Pentagon claims that its plans are a response to the danger of nuclear, biological or chemical attacks, no serious practical measures have been taken to forestall such attacks or minimize their impact. The Bush administration and Congress have refused even to restrict the movement of rail tank cars loaded with toxic chemicals through the US capital, though even an accidental leak, let alone a terrorist attack, would cause mass casualties.
In relation to bioterrorism, the Defense Science Board determined in a 2000 study that the federal government had only 1 of the 57 drugs, vaccines and diagnostic tools required to deal with such an attack. According to a report in the Washington Post August 7, in the five years since the Pentagon report, only one additional resource has been developed, bringing the total to 2 out of 57. Drug companies have simply refused to conduct the research required to find antidotes to anthrax and other potential toxins, and the Bush administration has done nothing to compel them.
As for the danger of nuclear or “dirty-bomb” attacks, the Bush administration and the congressional Republican leadership recently rammed through a measure loosening restrictions on exports of radioactive substances, at the behest of a Canadian-based manufacturer of medical supplies which conducted a well-financed lobbying campaign.
Evidently, the administration and the corporate elite which it represents do not take seriously their own warnings about the imminent threat of terrorist attacks using nuclear, chemical or biological weapons—at least not when it comes to security measures that would impact corporate profits.
The anti-terrorism scare has a propaganda purpose: to manipulate the American people and induce the public to accept drastic inroads against democratic rights. As the Pentagon planning suggests, the American working class faces the danger of some form of military-police dictatorship in the United States.

As predicted, the opposition against the disengagement is getting stronger as the days get closer. The only question is how violent will things get when the date arrives? There are only 4 days left as of the time of this writing. This is an extremely pivotal event. However, the average, casual news-observing American has no clue, as news of this goes in one ear and out the other since it’s only mentioned briefly on CNN and there's craziness in that part of the world on a constant basis. They definitely are on top of what reality shows are on TV tonight though.

Mass Prayer Against Expulsion at Foot of Holy Temple Mount

Jews across Israel are taking part in a mass prayer at Jerusalem's Western Wall, just below the Temple Mount, Wednesday to call on G-d to stop the expulsion of Jews from their homes in Gush Katif
Rabbi Ovadia Yosef, Haredi and National Religious rabbis are calling upon all Jews to take part in a mass prayer at the Western Wall Wednesday for the "nullification of the uprooting decree."

Former Ashkenazi and Sephardi Chief Rabbis Avraham Shapira and Mordechai Eliyahu, who have long led protests against the Gaza expulsion plan, will lead rabbis in a united call directed to the Heavens, rather than toward Israel's Knesset. Rabbis Shapira and Eliyahu will be joined by Shas Party Leader and former Sephardi Chief Rabbi Ovadia Yosef (pictured above), members of the Haredi-religious Council of Torah Sages, former MK Rabbi Menachem Porush and other prominent Hassidic rabbis.

The event has special significance in that it marks a rare uniting of leading, influential Rabbis from the Hareidi, Sephardic, and National Religious sectors together in one event.

At an emergency meeting that took place last week at his home, Rabbi Menachem Porush, a well-known Hareidi-religious leader and former member of Knesset, burst out in tears. The rabbi told those present that over the past 80 years of his life, he cannot remember a time where thousands of Jewish families were being expelled from their homes in such a manner, when 25 Jewish towns were set to be utterly destroyed, when the destruction of dozens of synagogues and houses of Torah study was to take place, as well as the desecration of Jewish graves. "Even in Russia it was not like this," he said.

"Our forefather Abraham asked for mercy on behalf of Sodom and Gemora, which were evil - appealing to G-d that there must be fifty..twenty..even ten righteous people living there," said Porush. "How much more so, when we have towns filled with Torah and yeshivas, with righteous Jews who fear Heaven, are we obligated to pray for them and for the nullification of the decree."

It was decided at the meeting to hold a mass prayer at the Western Wall as soon as possible.

Aside from the prayer rally, Rabbi Porush and Shas Party Chairman Eli Yishai agreed to coordinate activities against the Disengagement Plan from now on. One of the highlights of Wednesday's prayers will be the presence of Rabbi Ovadia Yosef, who will read Selichot (heavenly petitions for mercy) in the intonation and custom of Sephardic Jewry.

"I pray every day [for the nullification of the Disengagement Plan], but we need to have a mass prayer," Rabbi Yosef said in his weekly Saturday night address. "Even when the sharpened sword is resting on one's neck, one should not despair of Divine mercy."

The former Sephardic chief rabbi and Shas Party spiritual leader, considered one of the most prominent and influential rabbis alive, added, "It is obligatory on every person to take part in the prayer gathering on Wednesday."

The ceremony will begin at 6 PM. Organizers plan on distributing sack-cloth to worshippers "in order to symbolize the mourning that is resulting from the decision to expel Jews."

Residents of Gush Katif are not waiting for Wednesday for a mass prayer. They will gather at 6 PM on Tuesday evening in the courtyard of the Neve Dekalim synagogue. Participating in the prayer session will be Rabbi Avraham Shapira, Kiryat Arba Rabbi Dov Lior, Rabbi Yoram Aberjil of the "Rav Poalim" educational centers in Netivot, Beit El Yeshiva Head and Chief Rabbi Zalman Melamed, Kiryat Shemona Chief Rabbi Tzefania Drori, Tzfat Chief Rabbi Shmuel Eliyahu, and others.
All rights reserved IsraelNationalNews ©

Déjà vu? This is getting eerily simlar to the Spring of 2003 right before the U.S. launched pre-emptive strikes on Iraq.

Flashback: First there were tons of reports of WMD possibly being developed by Hussein, then it was confirmed (later to be discovered that WMDs didn’t exist) by Bush and Colin Powell, a deadline was established and the war started in March/2003.

Another deadline has been set…We are already hearing of Iran’s nuclear development as we speak. Here we go again.

Envoys: Iran Faces Sept. Deadline on Nukes
AP - 53 minutes ago
VIENNA, Austria - The U.N. nuclear watchdog expressed "serious concern" Thursday over Iran's resumption of nuclear activities that could lead to an atomic bomb and diplomats said Tehran faced a September deadline to stop uranium conversion at a plant in central Iran. The Iranians resumed work at the nuclear facility in Isfahan earlier this week, despite appeals from European negotiators to maintain a voluntary suspension of nuclear activities.

Things seem to be progressing in a way that convinces me that once the spark is lit, things will move at an incredibly fast pace. Everything up to this point has been pretty gradual. Next week’s post will feature the disengagement scheduled on the 15th. That may be the spark that sets things in motion. We will see…

Three Remaining Events
By Ted Lang
8-7-5
Once an inquiring mind accepts the "absurdity" of the United States government's planning, arranging, and conspiring with another government's intelligence agency to bring about the Pearl Harbor of the 21st century, and once it can be recognized that the anger generated by such a successful plot was capitalized upon by the American Empire to wage an unnecessary, unjust and unconstitutional war, figuring out the rest is easy.

Today in America, allegiance to both the Bush administration and its uncalled for invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan and its brutal mass murder of Iraqis serving the objectives of Israel and oil, the term "patriotism" is now used to identify those Americans who support Bush and his political party. Those Americans who "support the troops," who cheer the slaughter of "towelheads," smelly Arabs, Israel-threatening Palestinians, "camel jockeys," and all the other rock-solid reasons for killing our fellow humans in the nationalistic trade-off of blood-for-oil, are indeed the select members of "patriotic" American society. Either you are with Bush and his GOP [Gang of Plunderers], or you are with the terrorists!

As a true American, you must agree unquestionably with the napalm carpet-bombing of Fallujah in retaliation for the "murders" of four one-thousand-dollar-a-day private contractors, more accurately termed "mercenaries." They were killed in that hapless city and their horribly mangled bodies were hung from a bridge signifying the contempt and hatred these people now have for all Americans, not just their brutal, criminal US government.

You are a true American if you close your eyes and reject all aspects of the true Spirit of '76. If you support Bush's unilateral word and semantics engineering abolishing the Geneva Conventions that were already in place that far back, you are a true American. Rejecting the Declaration of Independence itself is now a truly patriotic act - what sacrifice! Only one aspect of 1776 must be lovingly and faithfully embraced, for it is the very essence the Bush administration's vision. It is the origin of the Bush crime family's wealth, amassed by working with and for an even greater crime family: Rothschild. It was in 1776 that Meyer Rothschild uttered this famous call for Bush-defined patriotism: "Let me issue and control a nation's money, and I care not who writes its laws."

So, if you reject the humanity of peace, and accept rather the inhumanity of both war and the torture of falsely-arrested innocent civilians and militarily disabled, captured prisoners of war, you are an American patriot. You reject our Nation's founding, its history, tradition, honor and morality, all of which served to set a standard for moral, just government around the world, then you are a Bush and GOP patriot. And you richly deserve the security and protection of the Bush crime family's trump of the Founding Fathers efforts - the USA PATRIOT Act.

Considering the outrage that this gang of killers has unleashed in the world, how can any sane, thinking human being align themselves with either the Bush regime or today's "Republican Party?" I cannot accept it, so I am no longer a Republican. And I guess, that blows it for me as well in terms of being either an American or a patriot. And I'm sure this is precisely how the Bush gangsters see it.

When one assesses just how far off the track this "Polar Express" has gone, then everything fits nicely into place. And since it is the contention of this writer, and a growing list of others, that there IS indeed a conspiracy working here, no matter what your damned definition of "is" is, we need to digress for a moment and consider it and its objective.

The term "Illuminati," according to Collier's Encyclopedia, originated with the Ante-Nicene Church fathers to designate those Christians who accepted baptism. "They were called 'illuminati' or 'illuminated ones,' on the assumption that those who were instructed for baptism in the Apostolic faith had received the grace of illumination in an enlightened understanding. Clement of Alexandria speaks thus of such baptismal light: 'This is the one grace of illumination, that our characters are not the same as before our washing. And since knowledge springs up with illumination, shedding its beams around the mind, the moment we hear, we who were untaught become disciples. ... This work is called ... illumination by which that holy light of salvation is beheld, that is, by which we see God clearly.'"

The referenced information from Collier's goes on: "Among the societies subsequently adopting the name 'illuminati' were the Alumbrados or Alombrados, a mystical sect existing in Spain from the early 16th century and appearing in France as the Guerinets during the period from 1623 to 1635. Later, the title 'illuminati' was adopted by a secret society founded by Adam Weishaupt, [Jewish] professor of canon law at Ingolstadt, on May 1, 1776, with the aim of combating religion and fostering rationalism." Of course, as you will recall, the Spanish sect was persecuted during that black time designated as the "Spanish Inquisition."

Once again, the coincidental year of 1776 comes to the fore, the same year Rothschild made his notorious claim driving for monopolistic state banks in every nation, which he intended to control. Now citing as a reference, the Columbia Encyclopedia, we progress to an understanding how these seemingly isolated occurrences come together.

After founding his secret society in Germany, Weishaupt, a professor at Ingolstadt, "having close affinities with the Freemasons and seemingly organized on a Masonic plan," the society had only limited success. The following concepts were offered by none other than Pat Robertson in his book, The New World Order, published in 1991. Robertson offers that Weishaupt's organization was supposed to work through the Freemasons, and in order to give his secret society financial momentum, he employed the power, influence and financial might of those rich Jewish bankers: the Rothschilds.

Leonard Fein, commenting on the book in the Jewish news periodical based in New York City, Forward, in a March 10, 1995 article writes: "His [Weishaupt's] immediate purpose was to take over the Freemasons, and for that he depended on rich Jews. The Illuminated Freemasonry moved its headquarters to Frankfurt, which was controlled by the Rothschilds, and suddenly 'new money...poured into the Frankfurt lodge, and from there a well-funded plan for world revolution was carried forth.' Operating secretly in France and Germany, offspring 'revolutionary societies' commissioned the writing of the Communist Manifesto."

Considering the many false flag operations conducted by Jews on behalf of Israel, and the millions of lives lost in all the wars America has been caught up in via Jewish influence, is it really so hard to imagine that an Illuminati, manifesting itself publicly through the Council on Foreign Relations, Tri-Lateral Commission and Bilderberg, and reaching all corners of the earth through the Communist-established International Monetary Fund, really exists? And if we view the real conspiracies of a Pearl Harbor of the 20th century, as well as the 9-11 Pearl Harbor of the 21st century, as well as the U.S.S. Liberty incident, just how many iceberg tips and smoking guns are really required for real inquiring minds? And now we have the Downing Street Memo, and the Air Force One Valerie Plame memo, and still no effective reporting and detailed analysis from the Zionist-controlled media?

We're not talking about Adolf and his beer hall buddies here! There is more than mere coincidence and conjecture at work here - as FDR said, everything in politics doesn't just happen. So I now must sadly relate all these events to the unavoidable future. There are three things that the Jews will foist upon US before they leave US alone to go about their business of destroying America and its sovereignty to merge our military, private property and wealth into the UN.

The Illuminati's plan will be to use Israel to destroy the US by an unending war with all of Islam. In this way, the two major obstacles, the people of the United States, and the people of Islam, will neutralize each other and become to weak to resist. True American patriots, those that remember the purpose of America's founding, also known as "the remnant," will be termed not only as unpatriotic, but as traitors to the cause [The New World Order]. Thus, any true American patriot must either be imprisoned or murdered by The State. Once Jews have served their purpose in putting the Illuminati's NWO in place, they will be summarily massacred in total, as they have demonstrated all throughout history that they turn on their own kind and cannot be trusted.

As far as we-the-people are concerned, American government, as per direction from our Jewish rulers, must be encumbered by three distinct events: one) hate crimes legislation; two) total abolition of the Internet, the source of truth; three) a nuclear 9-11 "terrorist act" in order to institute the Rove-Cheney-Rumsfeld plan for martial law in America.

Step One: "Hate crimes" legislation, which ultimately protects Jews and Israel from any and all criticism, MUST be enacted. Two Senatorial prostitutes have already been approached: Pennsylvania Senator Rick Santorum [R] and Massachusetts Senator Ted Kennedy [D]. Considering the anti-American legislation that has already sailed flawlessly through Congress, war powers for "Unser Fuehrer" and CAFTA, and the Supreme Soviets' "legislation" abolishing private property, hate crimes should be a no-brainer. Jews need this protection to silence the growing ranks of Americans who are finding out through the Internet just what's going on. Information technology is rapidly outpacing the Zionist media, and this is a real threat to Jews, their fascist/imperial police state of Israel, and to their international communism designs as well.

Step Two: As previously pointed out, the Internet is a serious threat. But in order to quietly and rapidly abolish it, tax legislation must first be created to "regulate" websites, and to ensure Senator Hillary Clinton's vision of "responsible journalism" through licensed and State-authorized "gatekeepers."

Step Three: A nuclear 9-11 is MANDATORY. How else can the Bush gangsters deploy the USA PATRIOT Act?! Of course, since the bothersome Internet through some of its more radical and unpatriotic websites, along with Scott Ritter and some guy named Hersh, interference via Internet predictions with "The Grimace's" plan to nuke Iran has already compromised the Bush criminals and deferred the execution of their quest in bringing nuclear democracy to the heathens in Iran and Syria.

Considering this and the serious threats to world democracy, risking yet another sloppy 9-11 WTC/Pentagon hit, and then constrained by the resultant Downing Street-type Memos, the Valerie Plame mess, the bull---- has to stop! The Bush regime will really think this through.

Perhaps the mechanisms have already been put in place. First, ignore Limbaugh and think conspiracy. Second, think of the massive nature of a false flag nuclear hit on America. Third, think of Israel and the Zionist Jews.

Obviously, the best and so-proven false flaggers are the Israeli Mossad. They, along with the CIA, will need to smuggle the nuclear device across the USA to where it can be detonated. Second, it might be a problem to detonate it in either the Northeast, or the West Coast. Considering all that "Jewish Activity" immediately preceding 9-11, and then just think of the Jewish activity [Wall Street short sells, long and extended holidays for Jewish businesses and their employees, a massive Jewish exodus] that will precede this deadly hoax; these activities might constitute a tip-off! And of course, security is tight all over America, except!

The border with Mexico! That's the only hole in the Bush regime's tightening grip on America! And the risk of trying to get a nuclear device through the country might tip off some real American patriots in the CIA and FBI - but dismissal by higher-ups loyal to Bush and Israel has been exposed for the conspiracy it was. This time around, some American public servants might just ignore their politician-appointed superiors. Looks like the Southwest United States is in for a nasty surprise! And no, it won't be Texas or anywhere near there. Looking at a map of the Southwest United States, where can a nuclear 9-11 best take place?

I don't wish to frighten needlessly - that is not my intent here. But, when considering the unbelievable crimes committed so recently by our government upon all humanity, even the mass murders of our own people, just as was planned and executed on December 7, 1941, I am just sure these criminals and Israel intend to carry this out. The warning signs will be disruptive and well-publicized civil unrest between Mexican illegals and Americans - perhaps riots, lynchings, shootings, etc. Then, as usual, a pow-wow between international mass murderers Bush and Sharon. Then the big bang.

Hopefully, this message will serve in the same vein as that of the Ritters, the Hershs and the LaRouches - perhaps this false flag horror can be delayed long enough to vote the entire GOP out of office, impeach Bush, Cheney, Rumsfeld, Wolfowitz, Feith, Zakheim, and repeal the USA PATRIOT Act and Bush's suspension of the Geneva Conventions. We will need to make war reparations to Iraq. We will need to abolish AIPAC and the ADL. Then, and maybe only then, can we ask the world's forgiveness, and promise to return to those thrilling days of yesteryear and real American sovereignty and patriotism.

Do you think it is a coincidence that they are releasing this discovery at this time when it appears that the Zionists are ready to rebuild the temple? This futher validates their position to take action to remove what’s currently on the temple mount and establish the temple there for their coming Moschiach. This along with the upcoming discovery of the lost ark makes me think that there will be something huge going down in Jerusalem very soon.

King David palace may have been found
JERUSALEM, Aug. 5 (UPI) -- An Israeli archaeologist says she has uncovered in East Jerusalem what might be the palace of the biblical Old Testament King David.
Eilat Mazar uncovered a major public building from around the 10th century B.C., with pottery shards that date to the time of David and Solomon and a government seal of an official mentioned in the book of Jeremiah, reported the New York Times.
The find might be used in the battle over whether Jews have their roots in Jerusalem or, as many Palestinians say, the idea of a Jewish origin in Jerusalem is a myth used to justify conquest and occupation.
The find may be the Fortress of Zion that David conquered from the Jebusites or some other structure.
"This is a very significant discovery, given that Jerusalem as the capital of the united kingdom is very much unknown," said Gabriel Barkay, an archaeologist from Bar-Ilan University. "This is one of the first greetings we have from the Jerusalem of David and Solomon, a period which has played a kind of hide-and-seek with archaeologists for the last century."
Copyright 2005 by United Press International. All Rights Reserved.

There appears to be another real life Indiana Jones looking for the ark. Hey just like in the movie! For the first time ever, there are reports of this nature that state that a serious effort is being made to discover the ark. I would have to think that it is inevitable that this will be discovered in the very near future. I personally think Vendyl Jones is the one that will eventually uncover it. He had originally stated that he would uncover it by 8/14 but according to his website it seems as if it has been delayed due to ‘funding’ issues possibly worked out by September of this year. Perhaps, there is still some fine tuning left to do before he gets the green light to start what will eventually be the uprising of the Jewish people leading to the destruction of the Muslim structures on the Temple Mount.

The Race For The Lost Ark
Posted 8/3/2005
By Dvora Waysman
Thousands of people saw the movie "Raiders of the Lost Ark", and most of them knew that Indiana Jones was based on a real person, famous archaeologist Dr. Vendyl Jones. Less well-known is another charismatic contender, who believes he will be the first to uncover the hiding place of this fabulous prize. He was recently in Jerusalem, and his name is Lt. Barry S. Roffman of the U.S. Coast Guard.

Roffman is basing his search on the Bible Code ... a code encrypted in the Bible some 3,000 years ago, now unlocked by computer. The mathematician who discovered the code was Dr. Eliyahu Rips, one of the world`s leading experts in group theory, the field that underlies quantum physics. Jones is basing his research on the Talmud. Once a Christian pastor, he left his post to become a leader of the Noahide movement, Gentiles who observe the seven laws of Noah. His search is aided by an ancient document found in Qumran together with the Dead Sea Scrolls, known as the "Copper Scroll." He is convinced that he has pinpointed the ark`s location. (Vendyljones.org.il/copperscroll). For Roffman`s research, you can hear a 30 minute radio broadcast by accessing www.biblecodenews.com

In the case of Vendyl Jones, he plans to uncover the lost Ark of the Covenant by Tisha b`Av. It was the resting place of the Ten Commandments, given to the Jews at Mt. Sinai and supposedly hidden just before the First Temple was destroyed. Although the Talmud says the Ark is hidden under the Temple Mount, Jones believes the tunnel continues 18 miles to the south and is now in the Judean Desert. Jones is not Jewish, although his daughter Sarah has converted and lives in Samaria (Shomron). However, he is learned in Torah and Talmud and has contact with a mysterious kabbalist who has now given him his blessing to reveal the Ark by Tisha B`Av (August 14th), the anniversary of the destruction of both the First and Second Temples.

But Jones is not alone in his search. Barry Roffman, an Orthodox Jew and a Lieutenant in the U.S. Coast Guard and author of Ark Code, (www.amazon.com ) believes that the Torah codes he has discovered can unlock the secret of the Ark`s location, and his findings are very different from those of Vendyl Jones. According to Roffman, there are maps encoded in the Torah. Key site names are encoded in such a way that the angles between Jerusalem, Arabic sites and a suspect Egyptian Ark site correspond to actual course headings on real world maps. The site, which he describes as 31 degrees 9 minutes North, 33 degrees 4 minutes East, is where a cloud of fire blocked the Egyptian army from the Israelites before we crossed the Sea of Reeds (Yam Suf) at Lake Bardawil in Northern Sinai, Egypt. He cites Jeremiah as the last prophet to control the Ark before finishing his life in that area of Egypt. Roffman`s research is unique, quite different from methods used by other Bible code researchers. It is rooted in his expertise as a Coast Guard military planner. He has explanations as to why Jeremiah took the Ark to the site of the splitting of the sea, and believes that the Ark`s purpose is to prevent a nuclear war between Israel and its enemies.

Barry Roffman was born in 1947 in Philadelphia and now lives in California with his second wife, Katherine Kim Roffman and their young son David. He has a distinguished Navy background, and was also a high school teacher of earth science, biology, chemistry and physical science. In 1989, his book, A Matter of Spiritual Custody, dealt with an interfaith child custody battle in which the Catholic Church, possibly for the first and only time, annulled his older son`s baptism on a ruling by Edward A. McCarthy, Archbishop of Miami, on the grounds that it was carried out without the father`s knowledge or consent when the boy was seven and considered himself to be Jewish. Today, that son, Robert Altair Roffman, is an Orthodox Rabbi in the U.S. Air Force.

So now, the world is waiting with bated breath. Will it be Jones or Roffman who finds the Ark of the Covenant? Will it be found in Israel or in Egypt? Will it be discovered by means of ground-penetrating radar?

What will be the religious, political and scientific implications and ramifications if it is found? And what else can we learn of the future from the words encrypted in the Bible codes or the secrets of the Talmud? We may not have long to wait. The Nobel Laureate physicist, Richard Feynman, put it this way:

"To solve any problem that has never been solved before, you have to leave the door to the unknown, ajar."

Big brother is alive and well in Chicago. Remember that song by the Alan Parson’s Project? “I am the eye in the sky looking at you.” I had no idea what that song really meant but it sounds quite prophetic now doesn’t it?

MAGNIFICENT SURVEILLANCE
Behave yourself on Michigan Avenue

By Jason George
Tribune staff reporter
Published August 8, 2005
Stand on Michigan Avenue and look up to the spire of the Water Tower. You'll see history in the Gothic Revival architecture.

The future, however, is staring back.

Surveillance cameras peer down from rooftops at the tower square, while others scan from one passing face to another. Then there are those hidden in tinted globes. The Park Hyatt Chicago has one. So does Giorgio Armani.

In all there are 11 cameras that are easily seen--and seeing--around the square, covering virtually every footstep within this short strip of the Magnificent Mile. Several are within stores, trained on lobbies and entrances, but their wide-angle lenses capture passersby as well.

At the American Girl Place on Chicago Avenue, it's not just doll eyes staring out the display windows. A security supervisor said he can even see onto the street using his video system.

Nearby, at Michigan and Chicago Avenues, a camera affixed to a light pole is among about 2,200 the city maintains and monitors. Like most of them, it is encased in a bowling ball-like orb, although there are other, larger, bulletproof cameras that are scattered about the city's higher-crime areas, according to Monique Bond, spokeswoman for the Office of Emergency Management.

She said their primary purpose is homeland security, but she also noted that corner drug dealing in front of the cameras has repeatedly resulted in arrests. The city also is hoping to use the cameras to observe traffic patterns and reduce gridlock.

One security guard at a building on the square said revealing exactly where the unseen cameras are placed would be unwise, but she offered some sly consolation:

"We're watching."

8/1/05 - 8/7/05

2005-08-02T12:56:00.000-07:00

Can you feel the microchip momentum picking up speed? First get the established institutions such as hospitals to accept the usage of the implanted chip, that way it will be viewed as less intrusive at a gradual rate by the general public. Eventually it will be viewed as acceptable by the average person and ultimately you will be viewed as paranoid for NOT accepting it.

Press Release Source: VeriChip Corporation
VeriChip Corporation Announces Three Additional Hospitals Adopt the VeriChip(TM) System for Patient Identification During the Month of July
Monday August 1, 9:15 am ET
Total of Five Hospitals in the Targeted Boston to Washington Corridor Have Now Agreed to Adopt VeriChip System

DELRAY BEACH, Fla.--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Aug. 1, 2005-- VeriChip Corporation, a subsidiary of Applied Digital (NASDAQ: ADSX - News), a leading provider of identification and security technology, announced today that during the month of July, three additional hospitals in the Boston to Washington corridor have agreed to adopt the VeriChip(TM) System for patient identification. Overall, since the FDA clearance of VeriChip for medical applications, five hospitals have agreed to adopt the VeriChip system in their emergency departments.
The Company previously announced its goal of having 20 to 25 hospitals to agree to adopt the VeriChip System by the end of 2005. The Company has targeted the Boston to Washington corridor as the initial rollout region for VeriChip System infrastructure.

The Company plans to provide monthly updates on the total number of hospitals that have agreed to adopt the VeriChip System. These hospitals will be named when the system is fully implemented and functional in the hospitals' emergency rooms. The Company is taking this approach in order to allow for an orderly system implementation process, which normally requires a number of weeks. This process includes initial clinical discussions with hospital staff, on-site demonstrations, provision of starter kits, and detailed staff training.

VeriChip Corporation Chief Executive Officer Kevin McLaughlin noted, "There are currently 70 hospitals in the Boston to Washington corridor that are using VeriChip Corporation's Hugs(TM) and Halo(TM) external RFID technology in their maternity wards. The emergency departments of those hospitals are among those being targeted by our VeriChip sales force as we continue the initial rollout of VeriChip patient identification infrastructure."

About VeriChip - "The First RFID Company for People"

VeriChip is a subsidiary of Applied Digital and the only company to provide both implantable and wearable RFID identification and security solutions for people, their assets, and their environments. From the world's first and only FDA-cleared, human-implantable RFID microchip to the only patented active RFID tag with skin-sensing capabilities, VeriChip leads the way in next-generation RFID technologies. Today, over 3,000 installations worldwide in healthcare, security, industrial, and government markets benefit from both the protection and efficiencies provided by VeriChip systems. For more information on VeriChip, please visit www.verichipcorp.com.

About Applied Digital - "The Power of Identification Technology"

Applied Digital develops innovative identification and security products for consumer, commercial, and government sectors worldwide. The Company's unique and often proprietary products provide identification and security systems for people, animals, the food supply, government/military arena, and commercial assets. Included in this diversified product line are RFID applications, end-to-end food safety systems, GPS/Satellite communications, and telecomm and security infrastructure, positioning Applied Digital as the leader in identification technology. Applied Digital is the owner of a majority position in Digital Angel Corporation (AMEX:DOC - News).

Statements about the Company's future expectations, including future revenues and earnings, and all other statements in this press release other than historical facts are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and as that term is defined in the Private Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change at any time, and the Company's actual results could differ materially from expected results. The Company undertakes no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect subsequently occurring events or circumstances.

What is going on here? Are they planning something for the month of August? I wonder if the Gaza disengagement will spark something else on a much larger scale? Watch out for the second half of August. The disengagement is scheduled for the 15th.

LaRouche Warns: Cheney's `Guns of August' Threaten the World
This release was issued on July 27 by the LaRouche PAC political action committee.
Lyndon LaRouche, on this Wednesday afternoon, issued an international alert, covering the period of August 2005, which is the likely timeframe for Vice President Dick Cheney, with the full collusion of the circles of British Prime Minister Tony Blair, to unleash the recently exposed plans to stage a preemptive tactical nuclear strike against Iran. The danger of such a mad, Hitler-in-the-bunker action from the Cheney circles would be even further heightened, were the United States Congress to stick with its present schedule, and go into recess on July 30 until September 4. With Congress out of Washington, the Cheney-led White House would almost certainly unleash a "Guns of August" attack on Iran.
LaRouche based this assessment on a series of factors, reported to him over the recent days, beginning with the qualified report, from a former U.S. intelligence official, published in the American Conservative magazine, that Dick Cheney ordered the Strategic Command (STRATCOM) to prepare contingency plans for a conventional and tactical nuclear strike against hundreds of targets in Iran, in the event of a "new 9/11-style attack" on the United States. As EIR reported several months ago, the Bush Administration, under CONPLAN 8022, had already placed the relevant "mini-nukes" under the control of theater military commanders, as part of a new Global Strike doctrine, a doctrine originally conceived when Dick Cheney was Secretary of Defense under George H.W. Bush in the early 1990s.
The recent bombings in London have provided Tony Blair with his own "Reichstag fire" incident, and the full resources of the British "liberal imperial" faction can now be expected to weigh in behind the brutish Cheney circles in Washington.
The most compelling evidence of this "Guns of August" plan, LaRouche emphasized in discussions with colleagues, is the pattern of eyewitness reports of Dick Cheney's state of mind. Cheney is living out an American version of "Hitler in the bunker," lashing out at Republican Senators who have dared to resist his mad tirades, accusing anyone who fails to follow his orders—including senior members of the United States Senate—of being "traitors" and worse.
And finally, LaRouche identified a series of reports from highly qualified Congressional, military, and intelligence community sources, who have confirmed the essential features of the original American Conservative account of Cheney's Strangelove schemes for a preemptive nuclear strike on Iran. These sources have emphasized that these Iran plans are not merely military contingency studies, but represent the policy intentions of Cheney.

What are these guys up to? A joint alliance between these two countries can be very dangerous and create a very volatile geo-political situation. Could this be the preparation for the Gog of Magog war prophecy in the Bible? They are not planning on eventually attacking the U.S. are they?

Russia, China Prepare for Joint War Games
MosNews
Nearly 10,000 troops from Russia and China will participate in the first joint military exercises between the two countries scheduled for August 18-25, the Xinhua news agency reported on Tuesday.

The exercises, dubbed “Peace Mission 2005” and involving army, navy, air force, marine, airborne and logistics units, will be held in Vladivostok in Russia’s Far East, and in the coastal Chinese province of Shandong and nearby waters, it said.

“The exercises are not aimed at a third party or concerned with the interests of any third country,” the Chinese defense ministry said in a statement.

Relations between China and Russia, formerly the Soviet Union, were strained by decades of mistrust during the Cold War, but the two nuclear powers have found much common ground in recent years and the military relationship has been blossoming, Reuters points out.

Both are leading members of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization, which in July called for U.S.-led troops to fix a date to pull out of bases in Central Asia. Russia is also a major supplier of weapons to China.

China and Russia have invited the defense ministers from other members of the organization and observer states to watch the joint exercises.

The point of the drills was “to deepen Sino-Russian mutual trust, promote mutual friendship and enhance the cooperation and coordination of the two armed forces”.

They will also “help strengthen the capability of the two armed forces in jointly striking at international terrorism, extremism and separatism”, the statement reads.
Copyright © 2004 MOSNEWS.COM

The world court in Israel which is presided over by the Sanhedrin has already started to pass global legislation. Since when does a country pass laws for other countries spanning the globe? This is clearly the beginning of the establishment of the world court which is being set up to work together with the coming world government.

Global Holocaust-Deniers
Bill Passed In Knesset
By Nina Gilbert
8-4-5
Legislation that would make Holocaust-denial committed overseas an offense under Israeli legal jurisdiction was approved unanimously in first reading by the Knesset on Tuesday.

The passage of the measure would enable Israel to demand the extradition of Holocaust-deniers for prosecution.

The bill was drafted by MK Aryeh Eldad (National Union) as a move against former Palestinian Authority prime minister Mahmoud Abbas (Abu Mazen) for his doctoral dissertation 20 years ago in which he estimated that the Nazis killed less than a million Jews.

It is likely to serve as a deterrence against Holocaust-deniers visiting Israel, although the possibility of countries consenting to extradition on the offense is unlikely.

The legislation expands the territorial jurisdiction of the Israeli law against Holocaust-denying outside of it borders.

Comment
Alton Raines
8-4-5

Who do these arrogant bastard think they are? The audacity to think that a group of Jews can control the thoughts and ideas of others outside of their own nation?! To attempt control them, silence them, hold power and sway --- ah! --- can anyone read this report without seeing the obvious? When someone says these people are too small and insignificant in the world to be part of some evil cartel seeking world domination... doesn't something like this just flash a bright light in ones eyes and wake you up to what is apparent?! It doesn't take a rocket scientist to see that they seek the power over the very minds of everyone else on earth and want to bring them into their own jurisdiction and meet out punishment for just the suggestion, just the mere thought that Holocaust numbers might be exaggerated or inaccurate. Anyone who can read this and not see the sickening arrogance of the Zionists in Israel has a screw loose.

It definitely seems as if this is where it is all headed. This could be a significant leak from a whistleblower who knows too much. I wouldn’t believe this if it came out of the blue but looking at the geo-political situation as of today and the direction that it’s headed, I don’t doubt him.

Former CIA Officer -
US Plans Nuclear
Attack On Iran
Aljazeera.net
7-31-5
The United States is developing a nuclear plan to attack military bases in Iran, said Philip Giraldi, a former CIA intelligence officer.

Giraldi said that the U.S. nuclear strike against Iran would take place after a 9/11-style attack on the United States, and that the planned attack would be analogous to the unprovoked invasion of Iraq.

The former CIA officer also said that an attack on the U.S. would serve as the pretext for putting the plan into action.

He noted that some Air Force officers are opposed to the nuclear strike plan "but no one is prepared to damage his career by posing any objections."

Several U.S. officials have indicated that Washington has developed contingency plans to use nuclear arms to attack military targets in Iran and North Korea.

One recent study, released before the election of former Taliban mayor Mahmoud Ahmadinejad to the presidency on June 23, asserts that the U.S. assault on Iran has already started.

The analysis, prepared by former United Nations nuclear arms inspector Scott Ritter, reveals that the CIA aids Iranian opposition groups.

It also said that the Washington plans to stage military attacks against the Islamic republic with U.S. forces from the neighboring Republic of Azerbaijan.

Analysts say that although the Bush administration intensified its war of words against Iran, the propaganda offensive didn't reach the intensity achieved during the 2002-2003 build-up for the invasion of Iraq.

They say that the U.S. failure in Iraq and the American public's declining support for the invasion have made such a propaganda offensive less viable at this moment.

However, a new attack on the U.S. soil could provoke a large sector of the American public and encourage the Bush administration to launch an attack on Iran.

Since an attack on the U.S. is, according to experts, almost inevitable, the Bush administration would likely be given the justification to attack Iran. Some believe that the Bush administration would not even seek congressional approval and launch the attack on the basis of alleged self-defense.

Analysts say that Iran is considerably stronger than Iraq, and that a U.S. attack on Iran will cause chaos in the Middle East.

The U.S. claims that Iran that it is secretly developing an atomic weapons program and wants to refer its nuclear file to the UN Security Council for possible sanctions.
The Islamic republic denies the U.S. allegations, insisting that its nuclear plans are strictly for the peaceful generation of electricity.

Naturally, Israel would also encourage a U.S. attack on Iran, as it considers Iran a serious threat to its nuclear monopoly in the Middle East.

In late June, the Israeli ambassador to the U.S., Daniel Ayalon, said that Iran must be stopped from making nuclear arms. "The clock is ticking, and time is not on our side," he said.
Moreover, Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon has reportedly handed the U.S. President W. Bush photographs of Iran's nuclear facilities.

There’s a lot of buzz regarding 2012 on the internet. This is when the Mayan calendar stops. Many psychics claim to not be able to see beyond this year as well. New age groups also point to this year as a significant year. Could this be the year that the alien paradigm shift was planned all along?

2012 – official revealing visit from M15 Globular Star Cluster
India Daily Technology Team
Jul. 29, 2005
This Star Cluster is the densest part of the Universe. M15 Star Cluster is also the source of largest density of Black Holes and gateway to many other Universes. This is also the source of huge concentration of dark matters. The picture from Hubble Telescope shows the central portion of M15, photographed with Hubble's Wide Field Planetary Camera 2. The image is about 28 to 30 light-years across. Images in ultraviolet, blue, and visual light were combined for this picture, so that the colors roughly correspond to the surface temperatures of stars in M15. Hot stars appear blue, while cooler stars appear reddish-orange.
The density of stars rises all the way into the cluster center, marked by a green cross. Careful analysis of the distribution of these stars suggest that at some point in the distant past, the stars converged on M15's core, like bees swarming to their hive. This runaway collapse, long theorized by researchers but never seen in such detail, may have lasted a few million years--a flash in the 12-billion-year life of the cluster. A precise reading of the speeds at which stars move near M15's core would reveal whether the stars are packed so tightly because of the influence of a single massive object, or simply by their own mutual attraction. Stars would orbit more quickly in the gravitational grip of a black hole, which would be several thousand times more massive than our sun.
UFO researchers now believe that the aliens from this star cluster who visit us regularly will finally in 2012 expose themselves to us. They are preparing for the totally astounding event for a long time.
Some Astrophysicists are running back to the drawing table in recent days. They are busy looking at a Star Cluster called M15 discovered years back by Hubble Telescope. This mosaic of the globular cluster M15 (fifteenth object in the Messier catalog of star clusters and nebulae) contains over 30,000 stars. The Hubble Space Telescope probed the core of M15, the most tightly packed cluster of stars in our galaxy, to look for evidence of either a massive black hole or another remarkable phenomenon: a "core collapse" driven by the intense gravitational pull of so many stars in such a small volume of space.
Many Governments will now in the next several years prepare their citizens to live with the event that will change our lives forever.
Copyright © 2004-2005, Indiadaily.com. All Rights Reserved.

Is Washington DC bracing itself for a terrorist attack? This would be the introduction of martial law and tyranny in the U.S.

'Doomsday' plan approved for House
Congress OK's election measure
By Richard Cowan
WASHINGTON -- Congress approved a plan yesterday that would quickly replace members of the House in the event many die in an attack or disaster.
The so-called doomsday bill would require special elections within 49 days if more than 100 of the House's 435 members were killed.
Currently, it can take 75 days or more for some states to hold special elections to replace a member who dies in office or resigns.
The Senate has no such problem since the US Constitution allows governors to make temporary appointments to fill Senate vacancies.
Since the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, there have been multiple evacuations of the Capitol because of incidents such as aircraft straying into protected zones over the city that have caused alarms to be raised.
As Congress has struggled to set new procedures in case of an attack on the Capitol, some lawmakers said that even a seven-week lag before special elections would leave too much power in the hands of the president during a national emergency.
The measure was attached to a spending bill to fund Congress's operations in the fiscal year starting on Oct. 1, and the Senate's vote yesterday sent it to the White House for President Bush's signature.
© Copyright 2005 Globe Newspaper Company

I ran across this post from a message board and found it very intriguing. I’m not too sure about the 2 or 3 weeks part (although it is very possible because of the significant events in August) but I completely agree with this person on the rest of the details. This poster has summed it up very accurately.

2 to 3 weeks till WW3... the time table...

The Middle East is set to explode in a matter of weeks. You have seen all the articles for example.. the one about 60% of americans believe that WW3 is about to start.. (my god.. how can we let this happen.. how can things go this far) ..there is a good reason for why you are seeing all of this propaganda.. its because its all true.

The original article that I used in my first piece on this event has disappeared off the net.. suspended account... so here is the ATS copy...

http://www.atsnn.com/story/142863.html
(just so you can get caught up)

And my first piece on this...

http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread144130/pg1
(again, so you know where I am coming from on this)

I kept trying to figure out the dates and times of the events that are going on now... the timing of everything.. haven't you all noticed all the articles about WW3 on the Internet?

Okay, if you have studied WW1 and WW2 at all (and I know that most of you have - recapping for those who do have not), the entire world knew at those times back then too that mega war was immanent. Like in WW1 they RUSHED to that one.. WW2 they tried to appease the Germans so that we wouldn't have to go through 'grand war' situation again... eventually everyone knew what was coming though .. right? Well don't you see the same thing happening now?

What kept driving me crazy was this disengagement plan from Gaza and how it fit in to everything. I couldn't figure out why if WW3 was about to begin... (and I'm very certain that it is) ...why the Israelis would give up that land... why make concessions if you are about to start a war which is going to pretty much wipe out everyone?

Then doing a bit more reading... things became.. well... I THINK its obvious... I think its totally transparent.

Its part of the ground work is being laid... there is an US base (allegedly) being built in Israel right now (which looks like its a command and control center for launching missiles).

http://www.abovetopsecret.com/
forum/thread153580/pg1

http://www.rense.com/general66/excl.htm

(I like using ATS links when I can)

The wall is going up which will be used to stop the on rush of Muslims that will be trying to "push the Jews in to the Mediterranean". And there is this tension being built up in the entire state over the plan... a near civil war is almost about to break out.. perfect for the type of carnage they will need for a security accident to happen on the Temple Mount like I was saying.. I couldn't figure out.. how the disengagement worked in to everything until I found this...

http://www.palestinemonitor.org/nueva_web/
updates_news/updates/muslim_quarter.htm

"Sharon has admitted that the Wall and new settlements are being built for political purposes and that his Gaza disengagement is a tactical decision designed to strengthen Israel’s hold on the West Bank and East Jerusalem."

And when they pull that Ark out of the ground, that will trigger these sorts of arguments...

"Well obviously, all Jewish history including that of Moses is true.. and this land rightfully belongs to us.. now that we have the Ark we must build the temple.. our Ancient Texts dictate this to us.. and we also have the red heifer that is ready for the ritual so we can lay the corner stone. We want to make arrangements with the Palestinians to perhaps MOVE the Dome and the Mosque from the land its on.. we can do this if we all work together and we will make other arrangements for land reforms and the like.. everything will work out if we can work together."

Or....

"Well, if the Ark was buried there, and we already are laying claim to the surrounding area then why not just take it already by force... let the Muslims come. For too long we have waited to build our temple... now we have our Ark, we MUST build the temple no matter WHAT the cost... after what our people have been through throughout history... we owe it to our ancestors to make this happen.... and now is the time... the Muslim constructions on the Temple Mount are insignificant and the reality that the Torah and all of our texts are true, as is revealed by the Ark being in its resting place under the Mount... this land is OUR land.. it isn't YOUR land, we got nukes and we will use them."

Read this report...

http://www.wsws.org/articles/testdir
/jul2004/sett-j29.shtml

Here is the part that should have caught your eye in there...
quote:
"On July 25, tens of thousands of settlers and their supporters formed a human chain more than 50 miles long to protest the planned Gaza withdrawal. Israel’s Interior Minister Tsahi Hanegbi recently warned of a “high risk” of an attack by right-wing extremists against Islamic holy places on Temple Mount or against Muslims there. Temple Mount, or Al-Haram al-Sharif (Noble Sanctuary) shelters the Dome of the Rock (Omar Mosque) and the Al-Aqsa Mosque, Islam’s third-holiest place. Hanegbi stated, “The risk of Jewish extremists and fanatics committing an attack against Temple Mount or the faithful in this most sacred place for Islam has never been so high” and would be designed to provoke “a chain reaction.”"

And with the pull out underway and the Ark being dug up... that chain reaction is being set up... put in place... the pieces are all on the board and the game is REALLY about to begin. Here is an example of how precarious the situation is...

http://www.thefamily.org/endtime
/feature.php3?cid=1&id=177

...so we not only have active threats over history, like the ones by Yehuda Etzion... but we have RECENT threats (a year old... a year to plan for the event) being made against those structures.. and the threats are being made BECAUSE of the Gaza disengagement... (which is near causing civil war in Israel at this point) ... so you have an already very unstable situation, and its about to be made worse because of things like Dr Jones is saying in the articles that talk about the Arks unveiling...
quote:
Last Thursday, however, Dr. Jones received a communication from the rabbi reading, “The time is right.”

..."the time is right" because .... well ... you've seen the rest of the propaganda, you've heard the rumors and the prophecy and the science (as in POLITICAL science that says that a showdown there is inevitable) that says that there will be and its always been expected that there will be a huge war in the Middle East with everyone squaring off there...

http://www.countdown.org/armageddon/armageddon.htm

... YOU do not have to believe in this stuff... its quite enough that the people with the bombs do. YOU do not factor in to this situation, except to be a bullet stopper, or IED locator... cannon fodder.

Even worse...
quote:
Dr. Jones, wearing an orange anti-disengagement bracelet, dismisses the current Israeli government's plan to uproot the Jews of Gaza and northern Samaria from their homes. "There will not be any disengagement, nor will there be any Palestinian State,” he says.

AND... the MOST TELLING statement...
quote:
Dr. Jones says the discovery of the lost ark will “flip the whole world right-side-up.”

No kidding. I do not doubt it at all... I wouldn't be spending my time posting this stuff... I do believe this is the entire flash point for all of the propaganda that we are seeing right now... Iraq is just getting worse and worse and worse... it isn't going to "get better" over there... you've seen the recent reports that the US is getting ready to cut and run within ONE YEAR.... (which is why I think MAYBE that although I feel WW3 is right around the corner, we MIGHT have one year left) ... though I feel this is propaganda, because.. there will be no pull out because WW3 will have started long before then.

We all know that the war was a fake. We know 9-11 was fake. However the US, which... was NOT afraid of Saddams WMD (which we now know because of Downing Street) ... went over there at a huge cost... and for...

WHAT THEN?! WHY IS THE US THERE?!

I know that question keeps coming up... the invasion and occupation has cost billions.. all for.... nothing? You can't tell me that the US government and the people running it are this stupid... no way... (okay MAYBE) ...but there HAS to be a bigger picture that we can't even imagine at this point. What do I really think then? I think that it was all pretext to get troops in the area to prepare for the big one. That is why Russia and China recently mobilized 10 divisions (rumor) ... they know what is coming ... they know there is a plan in the works....

http://www.rense.com/general67/RUSC.HTM

... and they are doing their best to counter it, I'm sure. But you can't arrest the criminal for thinking about or planning a crime (not really anyways - you know what I mean) ... so they really have to just prep for what they know is coming. WHAT I DO NOT understand though, is lets say that the two of them (just for example) even had evidence that 9-11 was staged... why don't they come out with it?

Sorry, back to my MAIN point... the gearing up for the taking of the Temple Mount land...

That is why they are building those "apartments" with all the heavy security.. and the wall... its all getting ready for the big land grab which will be the Temple Mount. I'd like to see the layout of the area at this moment (I'm going to research that a little bit later), but I bet you its all very very well covered by troops and I'd be those "apartments" which are of course heavily defended (as stated in the article) will actually be used as a base of some sort... there is a "recreation area" being built in this area... that will be a place to park tanks I'm sure.

The Gaza pull out... that is the distraction, and where people will THINK that the 'problem' is... then all of a sudden, an antitank rocket (or three, or thirty) hits the Dome and the Mosque... they are turned in to heat and light... and if WW3 hadn't already broken out by then, it will at that point.

Israeli Government says "Well.. we couldn't stop it, and because of the behavior of the Muslims over the last 50 years, they have no one to blame but themselves.. we could have worked something out but we can't deal with terrorists... well... at least we have a place to build the new temple so we can park the ark there because of how much its been talked about in the news, the entire world understands how important it is for us to build this temple here in this area... besides with the way things are right now, we have to rethink our entire state and our situation with the Muslims."

I have a feeling though... like... since the unveiling is on the 14th, and the Dome's life expectancy will be about a week afterwards... that there will have already been the big attack on the US, and Iran will already have bombs falling on it (sorry if I'm repeating myself here.. just trying to cover all the bases).

And so this is why the London bombings have started up ... its to remind us that "they hate us and want to kill us" ... and these mini attacks are the lead up to the next big attack that will strike the US... you've all seen the propaganda about the AQ nukes in the US... (like as if they actually exist) ... and you KNOW about the Aug 6th exercise that will be a simulation of a nuke attack on a port in the US... well we know from history that every time they start doing these exercises... that they piggy back real attacks on them... (everyone is watching the 6th though.. so it probably won't actually happen). When the "Muslim" nuke attack DOES happen though finally (or whatever it is that they decide to use as the excuse) they will claim they did the exercise (the week before or whatever) because they knew the threat was serious...

"Didn't you all read the World Net Daily articles? And all the other articles telling you that this was about to happen?"

If you remember your history.. you'll remember that like for ONE YEAR there was talk about the 'grand war' before it happened. We might have ONE YEAR LEFT... but I can't tell based on events.. if they are getting ready RIGHT NOW, and this is all about to go down in MONTHS or if we have about ONE YEAR left to prep (all of us). They might TOTALLY surprise us with sudden "shock and awe" so they can catch ALL of us.. unprepared.. THAT is what this is all about though of course... I'm trying to figure out if there is an obvious time table here.. and I mean... there DOES seem to be one... even though I personally believe that the US isn't ready for another 'front' or that no one is ready to go after Iran just yet... I could be totally wrong, and for some reason.. I feel MORE like the date for the big day is coming sooner rather then later.

Do not forget that China just abandoned the US currency (I'm not QUITE sure I understand what that means.. though I know it has put the US economy in even deeper trouble) .. do not forget that people are claiming that we are in the final months of the housing bubble and that it just peeked and its about to blow (the rumors alone can't be helping things) .. do not forget that oil just keeps going up and up and up... refinery explosions and the like... there is a culmination happening. And so many of us are feeling it.

Please either prove me right or wrong either way, I'd love to discuss this some more with some of you who have been watching this situation.. many of you seem to have noticed all the WW3 propaganda that is creeping around and I've been online for 20 years... I've been reading this conspiracy and politics stuff all my life (and I feel I have a healthy balance of understanding that most of it is a lot of crap, but its still fun crap to read - then you get your 5% that is authentic and on the money accurate - stuff like this and it makes reading all the other crap worth the time) ...the thing is... I have never seen so many "doom and gloom" predictions on the net all at once ever before... its like... its like its all coming together finally.. "THEIR" ('them' and 'they') plans are finally coming together. The culmination.

So what do you all think? Actually... if you can't see that there is an obvious plan in the works, then... don't worry about it any further.. but if you happen to have any pieces of this puzzle for me that can help figure out the time table... have you noticed anything out of the ordinary that suggests that we only have a few weeks of world peace left?

I do feel like "How can there be so many people running things, that are so stupid as to let things go this far over one or another group of peoples religious beliefs.. how can these people allow the world to be destroyed by it? What is in it for them just to build this structure and 'bring back the messiah' ... so it must all be an excuses... they are using the religious extremists to further the real simple adgenda which is just to get rid of the people living on top of all the oil... I guess?"

But I really feel like this is it folks.

-VMX